gdb/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
94
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
98 void *),
99 void *);
100
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
102
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
104
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result *,
109 enum bptype, char *,
110 char **);
111
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 struct linespec_sals *,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype,
116 enum bpdisp, int, int,
117 int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
120
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
123
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
125
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
127
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
129
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
131
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
133
134 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
135 enum bptype,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
137 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
138 const struct symtab_and_line *);
139
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
141 static. */
142 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
143 struct symtab_and_line,
144 enum bptype,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
146
147 static struct breakpoint *
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
149 enum bptype type,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
151
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
153
154 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
155 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
156 enum bptype bptype);
157
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
159 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
160 struct obj_section *, int);
161
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
163 CORE_ADDR addr1,
164 struct address_space *aspace2,
165 CORE_ADDR addr2);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
227
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
229 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
230
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
234
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
236 CORE_ADDR pc);
237
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
241
242 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
243
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
245
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
247
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
249
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
251
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
253
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
255
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
257
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
259
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
261
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
263
264 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
265
266 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
267
268 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
269
270 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
271 otherwise. */
272
273 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
274
275 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
276 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
277 char *cond_string,
278 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
279
280 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
281 from. */
282 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
283
284 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
285 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
286 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
288
289 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
291
292 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
294
295 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
296 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
297
298 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
299 breakpoints. */
300 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
301
302 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
304
305 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
307
308 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
309 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
310 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
311 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
312 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
313 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
314
315 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
316 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
317 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
318 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
319 dprintf_style_gdb,
320 dprintf_style_call,
321 dprintf_style_agent,
322 NULL
323 };
324 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
325
326 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
327 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
328 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
329 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
330
331 static char *dprintf_function = "";
332
333 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
334 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
335 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
336 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
337 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
338 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
339 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
340
341 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
342
343 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
344 has disconnected. */
345 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
346
347 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
348 breakpoints share a single command list. */
349 struct counted_command_line
350 {
351 /* The reference count. */
352 int refc;
353
354 /* The command list. */
355 struct command_line *commands;
356 };
357
358 struct command_line *
359 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
360 {
361 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
362 }
363
364 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
365 current breakpoint. */
366
367 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
368
369 const char *
370 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
371 {
372 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
373 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
374 a breakpoint. */
375 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
376
377 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
378 }
379
380 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
381 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
382 if such is available. */
383 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
384
385 static void
386 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
387 struct cmd_list_element *c,
388 const char *value)
389 {
390 fprintf_filtered (file,
391 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
392 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 value);
394 }
395
396 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
398 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
400 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
401 static void
402 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
403 struct cmd_list_element *c,
404 const char *value)
405 {
406 fprintf_filtered (file,
407 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
408 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 value);
410 }
411
412 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
413 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
414 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
415 use hardware breakpoints. */
416 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
417 static void
418 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
419 struct cmd_list_element *c,
420 const char *value)
421 {
422 fprintf_filtered (file,
423 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 value);
425 }
426
427 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
428 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
429 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
430 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
431 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
432
433 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
434
435 static void
436 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
437 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
438 {
439 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
440 fprintf_filtered (file,
441 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
442 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
443 value,
444 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
445 else
446 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
447 value);
448 }
449
450 int
451 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
452 {
453 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
454 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
455 }
456
457 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
458
459 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
460 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
461 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
462 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
463 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
464 condition_evaluation_auto,
465 condition_evaluation_host,
466 condition_evaluation_target,
467 NULL
468 };
469
470 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
471 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
472
473 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
474 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
475 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
476
477 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
478 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
479 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 evaluation mode. */
481
482 static const char *
483 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
484 {
485 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
486 {
487 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
488 return condition_evaluation_target;
489 else
490 return condition_evaluation_host;
491 }
492 else
493 return mode;
494 }
495
496 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497
498 static const char *
499 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
500 {
501 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
502 }
503
504 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 otherwise. */
506
507 static int
508 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
509 {
510 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
511
512 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
513 }
514
515 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
516
517 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
518 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
519
520 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
521 static int overlay_events_enabled;
522
523 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
524 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
525
526 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
528 current breakpoint. */
529
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
531
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
533 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
534 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 B = TMP)
536
537 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
538 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
539 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
540
541 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
542 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
543 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 BP_TMP++)
545
546 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
547 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
548 to where the loop should start from.
549 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
550 appropriate location to start with. */
551
552 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
553 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
554 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
555 BP_LOCP_START \
556 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
557 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
559
560 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
561
562 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
563 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
564 if (is_tracepoint (B))
565
566 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
567
568 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
569
570 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
571
572 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
573
574 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
575
576 static unsigned bp_location_count;
577
578 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
579 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
580 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
581 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
582 an address you need to read. */
583
584 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
585
586 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
587 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
588 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
589 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
590 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
591
592 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
593
594 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
595 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
596 by a target. */
597 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
598
599 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
600
601 static int breakpoint_count;
602
603 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
604 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
605 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
606 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
607 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
608
609 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
610
611 static int tracepoint_count;
612
613 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
614 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
615 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
616
617 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
618 static int
619 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
620 {
621 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
622 }
623
624 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625
626 static void
627 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
628 {
629 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
630 breakpoint_count = num;
631 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
632 }
633
634 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
635 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
636 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
637
638 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 breakpoint made. */
640
641 void
642 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
643 {
644 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
645 }
646
647 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 breakpoint made. */
649
650 void
651 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
652 {
653 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
654 }
655
656 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657
658 void
659 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
660 {
661 struct breakpoint *b;
662
663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
664 b->hit_count = 0;
665 }
666
667 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
668 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
669
670 static struct counted_command_line *
671 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
672 {
673 struct counted_command_line *result
674 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
675
676 result->refc = 1;
677 result->commands = commands;
678 return result;
679 }
680
681 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682
683 static void
684 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
685 {
686 if (cmd)
687 ++cmd->refc;
688 }
689
690 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
691 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
692 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693
694 static void
695 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
696 {
697 if (*cmdp)
698 {
699 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
700 {
701 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
702 xfree (*cmdp);
703 }
704 *cmdp = NULL;
705 }
706 }
707
708 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709
710 static void
711 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
712 {
713 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
714 }
715
716 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 argument. */
718
719 static struct cleanup *
720 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
721 {
722 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
723 }
724
725 \f
726 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
727 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728
729 struct breakpoint *
730 get_breakpoint (int num)
731 {
732 struct breakpoint *b;
733
734 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
735 if (b->number == num)
736 return b;
737
738 return NULL;
739 }
740
741 \f
742
743 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
744 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745
746 static void
747 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
748 {
749 struct bp_location *loc;
750
751 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
752 evaluating conditions and if the user has
753 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
754 side. */
755 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
756 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 return;
758
759 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
760 return;
761
762 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
763 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
764 }
765
766 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
767 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768
769 static void
770 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
771 {
772 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
773 evaluating conditions and if the user has
774 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
775 side. */
776 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
777 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778
779 return;
780
781 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
782 return;
783
784 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
785 }
786
787 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
788 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789
790 static void
791 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
792 struct cmd_list_element *c)
793 {
794 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
795
796 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
797 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
798 {
799 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
800 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
801 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 return;
803 }
804
805 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
806 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
807
808 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
809 settings was "auto". */
810 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
811
812 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
813 if (new_mode != old_mode)
814 {
815 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
816 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
817 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
818
819 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
820 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 */
822
823 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
824 {
825 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
826 target. */
827 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
828 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
829 }
830 else
831 {
832 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
833 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
834 target knows about. */
835 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
836 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
837 loc->needs_update = 1;
838 }
839
840 /* Do the update. */
841 update_global_location_list (1);
842 }
843
844 return;
845 }
846
847 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
848 what "auto" is translating to. */
849
850 static void
851 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
852 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
853 {
854 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
855 fprintf_filtered (file,
856 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
857 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
858 value,
859 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
860 else
861 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 value);
863 }
864
865 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
866 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
867 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868
869 static int
870 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
871 {
872 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
873 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
874
875 if (a->address == b->address)
876 return 0;
877 else
878 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
879 }
880
881 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
882 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
883 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 return NULL. */
885
886 static struct bp_location **
887 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
888 {
889 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
890 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
891 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
892
893 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
894 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
895 dummy_loc.address = address;
896
897 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
898 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
899 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
900 bp_location_compare_addrs);
901
902 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
903 if (locp_found == NULL)
904 return NULL;
905
906 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
907 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
908 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
909 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
910 locp_found--;
911
912 return locp_found;
913 }
914
915 void
916 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
917 int from_tty)
918 {
919 xfree (b->cond_string);
920 b->cond_string = NULL;
921
922 if (is_watchpoint (b))
923 {
924 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
925
926 xfree (w->cond_exp);
927 w->cond_exp = NULL;
928 }
929 else
930 {
931 struct bp_location *loc;
932
933 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
934 {
935 xfree (loc->cond);
936 loc->cond = NULL;
937
938 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
939 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
940 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
941 }
942 }
943
944 if (*exp == 0)
945 {
946 if (from_tty)
947 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
948 }
949 else
950 {
951 char *arg = exp;
952
953 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
954 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
955 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
956 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
957
958 if (is_watchpoint (b))
959 {
960 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
961
962 innermost_block = NULL;
963 arg = exp;
964 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
965 if (*arg)
966 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
967 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
968 }
969 else
970 {
971 struct bp_location *loc;
972
973 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
974 {
975 arg = exp;
976 loc->cond =
977 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
978 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
979 if (*arg)
980 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 }
982 }
983 }
984 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
985
986 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
987 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
988 }
989
990 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
991
992 static VEC (char_ptr) *
993 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
994 {
995 char *space;
996
997 text = skip_spaces (text);
998 space = skip_to_space (text);
999 if (*space == '\0')
1000 {
1001 int len;
1002 struct breakpoint *b;
1003 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1004
1005 if (text[0] == '$')
1006 {
1007 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1008 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1009 return NULL;
1010 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1011 }
1012
1013 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1014 len = strlen (text);
1015
1016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1017 {
1018 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1019 struct bp_location *loc;
1020 int count = 1;
1021
1022 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1023 {
1024 char location[50];
1025
1026 if (single)
1027 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1028 else
1029 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1030 count);
1031
1032 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1033 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1034
1035 ++count;
1036 }
1037 }
1038
1039 return result;
1040 }
1041
1042 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1043 text = skip_spaces (space);
1044 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1045 }
1046
1047 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1048
1049 static void
1050 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1051 {
1052 struct breakpoint *b;
1053 char *p;
1054 int bnum;
1055
1056 if (arg == 0)
1057 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1058
1059 p = arg;
1060 bnum = get_number (&p);
1061 if (bnum == 0)
1062 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1063
1064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1065 if (b->number == bnum)
1066 {
1067 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1068 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1069 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1070 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1071 if (b->py_bp_object
1072 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1073 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1074 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1075 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1076
1077 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1078 update_global_location_list (1);
1079
1080 return;
1081 }
1082
1083 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1084 }
1085
1086 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1087 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1088 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1089
1090 static void
1091 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1092 {
1093 struct command_line *c;
1094
1095 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1096 {
1097 int i;
1098
1099 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1100 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1101 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1102
1103 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1104 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1105
1106 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1107 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1108 command directly. */
1109 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1110 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1111
1112 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1113 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1114 }
1115 }
1116
1117 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1118
1119 static int
1120 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1121 {
1122 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1123 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1124 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1125 }
1126
1127 int
1128 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1129 {
1130 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1131 }
1132
1133 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1134 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1135 found. */
1136
1137 static void
1138 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1139 struct command_line *commands)
1140 {
1141 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1142 {
1143 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1144 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1145 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1146 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1147 struct command_line *c;
1148 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1149 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1150 {
1151 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1152 {
1153 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1156 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1157 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1158 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1159
1160 if (while_stepping)
1161 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1162 "can be used only once"));
1163 else
1164 while_stepping = c;
1165 }
1166 }
1167 if (while_stepping)
1168 {
1169 struct command_line *c2;
1170
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1172 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1173 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1174 {
1175 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1177 }
1178 }
1179 }
1180 else
1181 {
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1188
1189 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1191 {
1192 struct breakpoint *b;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1194 struct bp_location *loc;
1195
1196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1197 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1198 {
1199 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1200 if (loc->address == addr)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1202 }
1203
1204 return found;
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1209
1210 void
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1212 struct command_line *commands)
1213 {
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1215
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1217 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1218 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1219 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1220 }
1221
1222 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1223 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1224 commands. */
1225
1226 void
1227 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1228 {
1229 int old_silent = b->silent;
1230
1231 b->silent = silent;
1232 if (old_silent != silent)
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1234 }
1235
1236 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1237 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1238
1239 void
1240 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1241 {
1242 int old_thread = b->thread;
1243
1244 b->thread = thread;
1245 if (old_thread != thread)
1246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1247 }
1248
1249 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1250 breakpoint work for any task. */
1251
1252 void
1253 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1254 {
1255 int old_task = b->task;
1256
1257 b->task = task;
1258 if (old_task != task)
1259 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1260 }
1261
1262 void
1263 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1264 {
1265 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1266
1267 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1268 }
1269
1270 /* A structure used to pass information through
1271 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272
1273 struct commands_info
1274 {
1275 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1276 int from_tty;
1277
1278 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1279 char *arg;
1280
1281 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1282 already-parsed command. */
1283 struct command_line *control;
1284
1285 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 yet been read. */
1287 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1288 };
1289
1290 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1291 commands_command. */
1292
1293 static void
1294 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1295 {
1296 struct commands_info *info = data;
1297
1298 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1299 {
1300 struct command_line *l;
1301
1302 if (info->control != NULL)
1303 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1304 else
1305 {
1306 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1307 char *str;
1308
1309 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1310 "%s, one per line."),
1311 info->arg);
1312
1313 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1314
1315 l = read_command_lines (str,
1316 info->from_tty, 1,
1317 (is_tracepoint (b)
1318 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1319 b);
1320
1321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1322 }
1323
1324 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1325 }
1326
1327 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 do anything. */
1329 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1330 {
1331 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1332 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1333 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1334 b->commands = info->cmd;
1335 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1337 }
1338 }
1339
1340 static void
1341 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1342 struct command_line *control)
1343 {
1344 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1345 struct commands_info info;
1346
1347 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1348 info.control = control;
1349 info.cmd = NULL;
1350 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1351 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1352 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1353
1354 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1355 {
1356 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1358 breakpoint_count);
1359 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1360 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1361 else
1362 {
1363 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1364 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1365 numbers will fail in this case. */
1366 arg = NULL;
1367 }
1368 }
1369 else
1370 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1371 our argument. */
1372 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1373
1374 if (arg != NULL)
1375 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1376
1377 info.arg = arg;
1378
1379 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1380
1381 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1382 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1383
1384 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1385 }
1386
1387 static void
1388 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1389 {
1390 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1394 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1395
1396 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1397 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1398 enum command_control_type
1399 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1400 {
1401 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1402 return simple_control;
1403 }
1404
1405 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1406
1407 static int
1408 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1409 {
1410 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1411 return 0;
1412 if (!bl->inserted)
1413 return 0;
1414 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1415 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1416 return 0;
1417 return 1;
1418 }
1419
1420 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1421 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1422
1423 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1424 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1425 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1426
1427 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1428 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1429 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1430 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1431 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1432 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1433 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1434 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1435 and:
1436 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1437
1438 void
1439 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1440 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1441 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1442 {
1443 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1444 search. */
1445 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1446
1447 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1448 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1449 report higher one. */
1450
1451 bc_l = 0;
1452 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1453 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1454 {
1455 struct bp_location *bl;
1456
1457 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1458 bl = bp_location[bc];
1459
1460 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1461 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1462 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1463 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1464
1465 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1466 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1467 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1468
1469 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 >= bl->address)
1471 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1472 <= memaddr))
1473 bc_l = bc;
1474 else
1475 bc_r = bc;
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1479 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1480 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1481 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1482 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1483 B:
1484
1485 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1486
1487 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1488 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1489 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1490 and L2. */
1491 while (bc_l > 0
1492 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1493 bc_l--;
1494
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1496
1497 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1498 {
1499 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1500 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1501 int bp_size = 0;
1502 int bptoffset = 0;
1503
1504 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1505 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1506 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1507 bl->owner->number);
1508
1509 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1510 content. */
1511
1512 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1513 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1514 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1515 break;
1516
1517 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1518 continue;
1519 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1520 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1521 continue;
1522
1523 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1524 we need to copy. */
1525 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1526 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1527
1528 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1529 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 are reading. */
1531 continue;
1532
1533 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 reading. */
1536 continue;
1537
1538 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1539 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1540 {
1541 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1543 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1544 bp_addr = memaddr;
1545 }
1546
1547 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1548 {
1549 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1551 }
1552
1553 if (readbuf != NULL)
1554 {
1555 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1556 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1557 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1558 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1559 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1560
1561 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1562 shadow. */
1563 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1564 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1565 }
1566 else
1567 {
1568 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1569 const unsigned char *bp;
1570 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1571 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1572
1573 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1574 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1575 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1576
1577 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1578 address. */
1579 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1580
1581 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1582 breakpoint's INSN. */
1583 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1584 }
1585 }
1586 }
1587 \f
1588
1589 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 breakpoint. */
1591
1592 int
1593 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1594 {
1595 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1596 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1597 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1598 }
1599
1600 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1601
1602 static int
1603 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1604 {
1605 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1606 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1607 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1608 }
1609
1610 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 software. */
1612
1613 int
1614 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1615 {
1616 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1617 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1618 }
1619
1620 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1621 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1622 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1623 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1624 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1625 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1626 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1627 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1628
1629 static int
1630 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1631 {
1632 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1633 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1634 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1635 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1636 }
1637
1638 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1639 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1640
1641 static void
1642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1643 {
1644 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1645
1646 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1647 {
1648 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1649 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1650 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1651 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1652 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1653 }
1654 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1655 }
1656
1657 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1658 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1659 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1660 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1661 in b->loc->cond.
1662 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1663
1664 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1665 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1666 it.
1667
1668 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1669 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1670 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1671 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1672 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1673 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1674 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1675 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1676
1677 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1678 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1679 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1680 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1681 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1682 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1683 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1684 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1685 not changed.
1686
1687 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1688 hardware watchpoints:
1689
1690 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1691 called several times when GDB stops.
1692
1693 [linux]
1694 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1695 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1696 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1697 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1698 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1699 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1700 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1701 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1702 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1703 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1704 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1705
1706 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1707 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1708
1709 static void
1710 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1711 {
1712 int within_current_scope;
1713 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1714 int frame_saved;
1715
1716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1720 return;
1721
1722 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1723 return;
1724
1725 frame_saved = 0;
1726
1727 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1728 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1729 within_current_scope = 1;
1730 else
1731 {
1732 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1733 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1735
1736 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1737 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1738 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1740 return;
1741
1742 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1743 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1744 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1745 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1746 selected frame. */
1747 frame_saved = 1;
1748 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1749
1750 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1751 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1752 if (within_current_scope)
1753 select_frame (fi);
1754 }
1755
1756 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1757 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1758 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1759 b->base.loc = NULL;
1760
1761 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1762 {
1763 char *s;
1764
1765 if (b->exp)
1766 {
1767 xfree (b->exp);
1768 b->exp = NULL;
1769 }
1770 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1771 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1772 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1773 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1774 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1775 be completely different objects. */
1776 value_free (b->val);
1777 b->val = NULL;
1778 b->val_valid = 0;
1779
1780 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1781 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1782 locations (re)created below. */
1783 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1784 {
1785 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1786 {
1787 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1788 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1789 }
1790
1791 s = b->base.cond_string;
1792 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1793 }
1794 }
1795
1796 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1797 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1798 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1799 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1800 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1801 if ( !target_has_execution)
1802 {
1803 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1804 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1805 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 }
1807 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1808 {
1809 int pc = 0;
1810 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1811 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1812
1813 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1814
1815 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1816 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1817 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1818 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1819 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1820 watchpoints. */
1821 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1822 {
1823 b->val = v;
1824 b->val_valid = 1;
1825 }
1826
1827 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1828
1829 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1830 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1831 {
1832 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1833 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1834 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1835 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1836 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1837 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1838 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1839 {
1840 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1841
1842 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1843 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1844 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1845 if (v == result
1846 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1847 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1848 {
1849 CORE_ADDR addr;
1850 int type;
1851 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1852
1853 addr = value_address (v);
1854 type = hw_write;
1855 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1856 type = hw_read;
1857 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1858 type = hw_access;
1859
1860 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1861 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1862 ;
1863 *tmp = loc;
1864 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1865
1866 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1867 loc->address = addr;
1868 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1869 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1870 }
1871 }
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1875 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1876 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1877 is started. */
1878 if (reparse)
1879 {
1880 int reg_cnt;
1881 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1882 struct bp_location *bl;
1883
1884 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1885
1886 if (reg_cnt)
1887 {
1888 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1889 enum bptype type;
1890
1891 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1892 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1893 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1894
1895 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1896 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1897 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1898 this watchpoint in as well. */
1899
1900 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1901 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1902 hardware watchpoint type. */
1903 type = b->base.type;
1904 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1905 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1906
1907 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1908 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1909 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1910 through watch_command), so always account for it
1911 manually. */
1912
1913 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1914 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1915
1916 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1917 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1918
1919 target_resources_ok
1920 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1921 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1922 {
1923 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1924
1925 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1927 "hardware watchpoint."));
1928 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1929 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1930 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1931
1932 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1933 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1934 }
1935 else
1936 {
1937 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1938 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1939 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1940 nop. */
1941 b->base.type = type;
1942 }
1943 }
1944 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1945 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1946 "read/access watchpoint."));
1947 else
1948 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1949
1950 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1951 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1952 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1953 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1954 }
1955
1956 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1957 {
1958 next = value_next (v);
1959 if (v != b->val)
1960 value_free (v);
1961 }
1962
1963 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1964 above left it without any location set up. But,
1965 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1966 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1967 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1968 {
1969 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1970 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1971 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1972 base->loc->address = -1;
1973 base->loc->length = -1;
1974 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1975 }
1976 }
1977 else if (!within_current_scope)
1978 {
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 b->base.number);
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1984 }
1985
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 if (frame_saved)
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1989 }
1990
1991
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 static int
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1999 {
2000 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2001 return 0;
2002
2003 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2004 return 0;
2005
2006 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2007 return 0;
2008
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2010 return 0;
2011
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2021 return 0;
2022
2023 return 1;
2024 }
2025
2026 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2027 that the location is not duplicated. */
2028
2029 static int
2030 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2031 {
2032 int result;
2033 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2034
2035 bl->duplicate = 0;
2036 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2037 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2038 return result;
2039 }
2040
2041 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2042 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2043 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2044 any error during parsing. */
2045
2046 static struct agent_expr *
2047 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2048 {
2049 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2050 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2051 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2052
2053 if (!cond)
2054 return NULL;
2055
2056 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2057 that may show up. */
2058 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2059 {
2060 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2061 }
2062
2063 if (ex.reason < 0)
2064 {
2065 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2066 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2067 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2068 return NULL;
2069 }
2070
2071 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2072 return aexpr;
2073 }
2074
2075 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2076 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2077 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2078 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2079 one of them is true. */
2080
2081 static void
2082 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2083 {
2084 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2085 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2086 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2087 struct bp_location *loc;
2088
2089 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2090 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2091 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2092 side. */
2093 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2094 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2095 return;
2096
2097 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2098 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2099 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2100 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2101 response back to GDB. */
2102 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2103 {
2104 loc = (*loc2p);
2105 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2106 {
2107 if (modified)
2108 {
2109 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2110
2111 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2112 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2113 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2114 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2115 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2116 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2117
2118 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2119 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2120 to the target. */
2121 if (aexpr)
2122 continue;
2123 }
2124
2125 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2126 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2127 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2128 {
2129 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2130 break;
2131 }
2132 }
2133 }
2134
2135 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2136 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2137 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2138
2139 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2140 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2141 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2142 {
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2144 {
2145 loc = (*loc2p);
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2147 {
2148 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2149 located. */
2150 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2151 return;
2152
2153 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2154 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2155 }
2156 }
2157 }
2158
2159 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2160 for this location's address. */
2161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2162 {
2163 loc = (*loc2p);
2164 if (loc->cond
2165 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2166 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2167 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2168 && loc->enabled)
2169 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2170 conditions to the target. */
2171 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2172 loc->cond_bytecode);
2173 }
2174
2175 return;
2176 }
2177
2178 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2179 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2180 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2181
2182 static struct agent_expr *
2183 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2184 {
2185 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2186 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2187 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2188 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2189 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2190 char *cmdrest;
2191 char *format_start, *format_end;
2192 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2193 int nargs;
2194 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2195
2196 if (!cmd)
2197 return NULL;
2198
2199 cmdrest = cmd;
2200
2201 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2202 ++cmdrest;
2203 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2204
2205 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2206 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2207
2208 format_start = cmdrest;
2209
2210 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2211
2212 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2213
2214 format_end = cmdrest;
2215
2216 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2217 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2218
2219 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2220
2221 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2222 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2223
2224 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2225 cmdrest++;
2226 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2227
2228 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2229
2230 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2231 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2232
2233 nargs = 0;
2234 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2235 {
2236 char *cmd1;
2237
2238 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2239 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2240 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2241 cmdrest = cmd1;
2242 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2243 ++cmdrest;
2244 }
2245
2246 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2247 that may show up. */
2248 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2249 {
2250 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2251 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2252 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2253 }
2254
2255 if (ex.reason < 0)
2256 {
2257 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2258 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2259 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2260 return NULL;
2261 }
2262
2263 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2264
2265 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2266 return aexpr;
2267 }
2268
2269 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2270 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2271 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2272
2273 static void
2274 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2275 {
2276 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2277 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2278 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2279 struct bp_location *loc;
2280
2281 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2282 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2283 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2284 return;
2285
2286 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2287 return;
2288
2289 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2290 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2291 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2292 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2293 response back to GDB. */
2294 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2295 {
2296 loc = (*loc2p);
2297 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2298 {
2299 if (modified)
2300 {
2301 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2302
2303 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2304 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2305 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2306 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2307 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2308 loc->owner->extra_string);
2309 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2310
2311 if (!aexpr)
2312 continue;
2313 }
2314
2315 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2316 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2317 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2318 {
2319 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2320 break;
2321 }
2322 }
2323 }
2324
2325 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2326 and so clean up. */
2327 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2328 {
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2330 {
2331 loc = (*loc2p);
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2333 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2334 {
2335 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2336 located. */
2337 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2338 return;
2339
2340 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2341 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2342 }
2343 }
2344 }
2345
2346 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2347 for this location's address. */
2348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2349 {
2350 loc = (*loc2p);
2351 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2352 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2353 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2354 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2355 && loc->enabled)
2356 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2357 to send the commands to the target. */
2358 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2359 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2360 }
2361
2362 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2363 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2364 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2365 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2366 }
2367
2368 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2369 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2370 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2371 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2372 -1 for failure.
2373
2374 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2375 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2376 static int
2377 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2378 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2379 int *disabled_breaks,
2380 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2381 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2382 {
2383 int val = 0;
2384 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2385 struct gdb_exception e;
2386
2387 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2388 return 0;
2389
2390 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2391 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2392 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2393 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2394 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2395 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2396 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2397 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2398 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2399 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2400 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2401 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2402
2403 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2404 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2405 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2406 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2407
2408 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2409 {
2410 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2411 build_target_command_list (bl);
2412 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2413 bl->needs_update = 0;
2414 }
2415
2416 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2417 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2418 {
2419 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2420 {
2421 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2422 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2423 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2424
2425 Two important cases are:
2426 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2427 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2428 hardware breakpoint.
2429 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2430 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2431 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2432 so we undo.
2433
2434 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2435 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2436 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2437 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2438 gdb. */
2439 struct mem_region *mr
2440 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2441
2442 if (mr)
2443 {
2444 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2445 {
2446 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2447
2448 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2449 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2450 else
2451 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2452
2453 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2454 {
2455 static int said = 0;
2456
2457 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2458 if (!said)
2459 {
2460 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2461 _("Note: automatically using "
2462 "hardware breakpoints for "
2463 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2464 said = 1;
2465 }
2466 }
2467 }
2468 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2469 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2470 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2471 "at readonly address %s"),
2472 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2473 }
2474 }
2475
2476 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2477 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2478 || bl->section == NULL
2479 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2480 {
2481 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2482 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2483 {
2484 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2485 }
2486 if (e.reason < 0)
2487 {
2488 val = 1;
2489 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2490 }
2491 }
2492 else
2493 {
2494 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2495 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2496 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2497 {
2498 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2499 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2500 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2501 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2502 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2503 bl->owner->number);
2504 else
2505 {
2506 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2507 bl->section);
2508 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2509 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2510 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2511 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2512 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2513 if (val != 0)
2514 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2515 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2516 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2517 bl->owner->number);
2518 }
2519 }
2520 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2521 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2522 {
2523 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2524 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2525 {
2526 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2527 }
2528 if (e.reason < 0)
2529 {
2530 val = 1;
2531 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2532 }
2533 }
2534 else
2535 {
2536 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2537 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2538 return 0;
2539 }
2540 }
2541
2542 if (val)
2543 {
2544 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2545 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2546 {
2547 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2548 val = 0;
2549 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2550 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2551 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2552 {
2553 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2554 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2555 bl->owner->number);
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2557 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2558 "library breakpoints:\n");
2559 }
2560 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2561 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2562 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2563 }
2564 else
2565 {
2566 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2567 {
2568 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2569 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2571 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2572 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2573 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2575 }
2576 else
2577 {
2578 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2579 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2580 bl->owner->number);
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2582 "Error accessing memory address ");
2583 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2584 tmp_error_stream);
2585 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2586 safe_strerror (val));
2587 }
2588
2589 }
2590 }
2591 else
2592 bl->inserted = 1;
2593
2594 return val;
2595 }
2596
2597 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2598 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2599 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2600 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2601 {
2602 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2603 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2604
2605 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2606
2607 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2608 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2609 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2610 {
2611 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2612
2613 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2614 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2615 of this one. */
2616 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2617 if (loc != bl
2618 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2619 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2620 {
2621 bl->duplicate = 1;
2622 bl->inserted = 1;
2623 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2624 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2625 val = 0;
2626 break;
2627 }
2628
2629 if (val == 1)
2630 {
2631 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2632 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2633
2634 if (val)
2635 /* Back to the original value. */
2636 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2637 }
2638 }
2639
2640 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2641 }
2642
2643 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2644 {
2645 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2646 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2647
2648 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2649 if (val)
2650 {
2651 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2652
2653 if (val == 1)
2654 warning (_("\
2655 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2656 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2657 else
2658 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2659 }
2660
2661 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2662
2663 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2664 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2665 so just return success. */
2666 return 0;
2667 }
2668
2669 return 0;
2670 }
2671
2672 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2673 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2674 PSPACE anymore. */
2675
2676 void
2677 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2678 {
2679 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2680 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2681
2682 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2684 {
2685 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2686 delete_breakpoint (b);
2687 }
2688
2689 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2690 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2691 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2692 {
2693 struct bp_location *tmp;
2694
2695 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2696 {
2697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2698 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2699 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2700 else
2701 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2702 if (tmp->next == loc)
2703 {
2704 tmp->next = loc->next;
2705 break;
2706 }
2707 }
2708 }
2709
2710 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2711 removed locations above. */
2712 update_global_location_list (0);
2713 }
2714
2715 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2716 Throws exception on any error.
2717 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2718 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2719 void
2720 insert_breakpoints (void)
2721 {
2722 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2723
2724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2725 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2726 {
2727 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2728
2729 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2730 }
2731
2732 update_global_location_list (1);
2733
2734 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2735 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2736 now. */
2737 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2738 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2739 }
2740
2741 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2742
2743 void
2744 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2745 {
2746 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2747
2748 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2749 {
2750 callback (loc, NULL);
2751 }
2752 }
2753
2754 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2755 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2756 always-inserted mode. */
2757
2758 static void
2759 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2760 {
2761 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2762 int error_flag = 0;
2763 int val = 0;
2764 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2765 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2766 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2767
2768 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2769 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2770
2771 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2772 there was an error. */
2773 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2774
2775 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2776
2777 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2778 {
2779 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2780 breakpoints. */
2781 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2782 continue;
2783
2784 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2785 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2786 deletion of breakpoints. */
2787 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2788 continue;
2789
2790 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2791
2792 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2793 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2794 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2795 insert breakpoints. */
2796 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2797 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2798 continue;
2799
2800 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2801 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2802 if (val)
2803 error_flag = val;
2804 }
2805
2806 if (error_flag)
2807 {
2808 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2809 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2810 }
2811
2812 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2813 }
2814
2815 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2816
2817 static void
2818 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2819 {
2820 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2821 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2822 int error_flag = 0;
2823 int val = 0;
2824 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2825 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2826 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2827
2828 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2829 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2830
2831 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2832 there was an error. */
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2834
2835 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2836
2837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2838 {
2839 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2840 continue;
2841
2842 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2843 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2844 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2845 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2846 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2847 continue;
2848
2849 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2850
2851 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2852 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2853 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2854 insert breakpoints. */
2855 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2856 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2857 continue;
2858
2859 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2860 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2861 if (val)
2862 error_flag = val;
2863 }
2864
2865 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2866 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2867 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2868 {
2869 int some_failed = 0;
2870 struct bp_location *loc;
2871
2872 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2873 continue;
2874
2875 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2876 continue;
2877
2878 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2879 continue;
2880
2881 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2882 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2883 {
2884 some_failed = 1;
2885 break;
2886 }
2887 if (some_failed)
2888 {
2889 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2890 if (loc->inserted)
2891 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2892
2893 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2894 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2895 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2896 bpt->number);
2897 error_flag = -1;
2898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 if (error_flag)
2902 {
2903 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2904 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2905 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2906 {
2907 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2908 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2909 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2910 }
2911 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2912 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2913 }
2914
2915 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2916 }
2917
2918 /* Used when the program stops.
2919 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2920 removing a breakpoint location. */
2921
2922 int
2923 remove_breakpoints (void)
2924 {
2925 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2926 int val = 0;
2927
2928 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2929 {
2930 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2931 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2932 }
2933 return val;
2934 }
2935
2936 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2937
2938 int
2939 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2940 {
2941 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2942 int val;
2943 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2944
2945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2946 {
2947 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2948 continue;
2949
2950 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2951 continue;
2952
2953 if (bl->inserted)
2954 {
2955 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2956 if (val != 0)
2957 return val;
2958 }
2959 }
2960 return 0;
2961 }
2962
2963 int
2964 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2965 {
2966 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2967 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2968 int val;
2969 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2970 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2971 struct inferior *inf;
2972 struct thread_info *tp;
2973
2974 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2975 if (tp == NULL)
2976 return 1;
2977
2978 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2979 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2980
2981 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2982
2983 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2984 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2985
2986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2987 {
2988 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2989 continue;
2990
2991 if (bl->inserted)
2992 {
2993 bl->inserted = 0;
2994 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2995 if (val != 0)
2996 {
2997 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2998 return val;
2999 }
3000 }
3001 }
3002 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3003 return 0;
3004 }
3005
3006 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3007
3008 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3009 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3010 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3011 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3012 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3013 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3014 static void
3015 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3016 {
3017 if (internal)
3018 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3019 else
3020 {
3021 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3022 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3023 }
3024 }
3025
3026 static struct breakpoint *
3027 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3028 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3029 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3030 {
3031 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3032 struct breakpoint *b;
3033
3034 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3035
3036 sal.pc = address;
3037 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3038 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3039
3040 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3041 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3042 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3043
3044 return b;
3045 }
3046
3047 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3048 {
3049 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3050 };
3051 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3052
3053 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3054 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3055 {
3056 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3057 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3058
3059 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3060 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3061
3062 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3063 int longjmp_searched;
3064
3065 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3066 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3067
3068 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3069 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3070
3071 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3072 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3073
3074 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3075 int exception_searched;
3076
3077 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3078 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3079 };
3080
3081 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3082
3083 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3084 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3085
3086 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3087
3088 static int
3089 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3090 {
3091 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3092 }
3093
3094 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3095 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3096
3097 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3098 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3099 {
3100 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3101
3102 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3103 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3104 {
3105 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3106 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3107
3108 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3109 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3110 }
3111 return bp_objfile_data;
3112 }
3113
3114 static void
3115 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3116 {
3117 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3118
3119 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3120 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3121 }
3122
3123 static void
3124 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3125 {
3126 struct objfile *objfile;
3127 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3128
3129 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3130 {
3131 struct breakpoint *b;
3132 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3133 CORE_ADDR addr;
3134
3135 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3136
3137 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3138 continue;
3139
3140 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3141 {
3142 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3143
3144 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3145 if (m == NULL)
3146 {
3147 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3148 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3149 continue;
3150 }
3151 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3152 }
3153
3154 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3155 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3156 bp_overlay_event,
3157 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3158 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3159
3160 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3161 {
3162 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3163 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3164 }
3165 else
3166 {
3167 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3168 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3169 }
3170 }
3171 update_global_location_list (1);
3172 }
3173
3174 static void
3175 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3176 {
3177 struct program_space *pspace;
3178 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3179
3180 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3181
3182 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3183 {
3184 struct objfile *objfile;
3185
3186 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3187
3188 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3189 {
3190 int i;
3191 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3192 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3193
3194 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3195 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3196 continue;
3197
3198 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3199
3200 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3201 {
3202 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3203 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3204 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3205 }
3206
3207 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3208 {
3209 int i;
3210 struct probe *probe;
3211 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3212
3213 for (i = 0;
3214 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3215 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3216 i, probe);
3217 ++i)
3218 {
3219 struct breakpoint *b;
3220
3221 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3222 bp_longjmp_master,
3223 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3224 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3225 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3226 }
3227
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230
3231 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3232 {
3233 struct breakpoint *b;
3234 const char *func_name;
3235 CORE_ADDR addr;
3236
3237 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3238 continue;
3239
3240 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3241 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3242 {
3243 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3244
3245 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3246 if (m == NULL)
3247 {
3248 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3249 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3250 continue;
3251 }
3252 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3253 }
3254
3255 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3256 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3257 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3258 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3259 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3260 }
3261 }
3262 }
3263 update_global_location_list (1);
3264
3265 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3266 }
3267
3268 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3269 static void
3270 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3271 {
3272 struct program_space *pspace;
3273 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3274 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3275
3276 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3277
3278 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3279 {
3280 struct objfile *objfile;
3281 CORE_ADDR addr;
3282
3283 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3284
3285 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3286 {
3287 struct breakpoint *b;
3288 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3289
3290 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3291
3292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3293 continue;
3294
3295 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3296 {
3297 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3298
3299 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3300 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3301 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3302 {
3303 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3304 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3305 continue;
3306 }
3307 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3308 }
3309
3310 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3311 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3312 bp_std_terminate_master,
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3314 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3316 }
3317 }
3318
3319 update_global_location_list (1);
3320
3321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3322 }
3323
3324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3325
3326 static void
3327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3328 {
3329 struct objfile *objfile;
3330 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3331
3332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3333 {
3334 struct breakpoint *b;
3335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3337 CORE_ADDR addr;
3338
3339 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3340
3341 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3342 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3343 {
3344 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3345 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3346 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3347 }
3348
3349 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3350 {
3351 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3352 int i;
3353 struct probe *probe;
3354
3355 for (i = 0;
3356 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3357 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3358 i, probe);
3359 ++i)
3360 {
3361 struct breakpoint *b;
3362
3363 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3364 bp_exception_master,
3365 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3366 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3367 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3368 }
3369
3370 continue;
3371 }
3372
3373 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3374
3375 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3376 continue;
3377
3378 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3379
3380 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3381 {
3382 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3383
3384 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3385 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3386 {
3387 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3388 continue;
3389 }
3390
3391 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3392 }
3393
3394 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3395 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3396 &current_target);
3397 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3398 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3399 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3400 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3401 }
3402
3403 update_global_location_list (1);
3404 }
3405
3406 void
3407 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3408 {
3409 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3410 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3411
3412 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3413 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3414 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3415 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3416 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3417 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3418 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3419 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3421 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3422 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3423
3424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3425 {
3426 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3427 continue;
3428
3429 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3430 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3431 {
3432 delete_breakpoint (b);
3433 continue;
3434 }
3435
3436 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3437 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3438 {
3439 delete_breakpoint (b);
3440 continue;
3441 }
3442
3443 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3444 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3445 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3446 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3447 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3448 {
3449 delete_breakpoint (b);
3450 continue;
3451 }
3452
3453 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3454 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3455 {
3456 delete_breakpoint (b);
3457 continue;
3458 }
3459
3460 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3461 after an exec. */
3462 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3463 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3464 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3465 {
3466 delete_breakpoint (b);
3467 continue;
3468 }
3469
3470 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3471 {
3472 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3473 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3474 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3475 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3476 continue;
3477 }
3478
3479 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3480 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3481 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3482 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3483 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3484 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3485
3486 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3487 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3488 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3489 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3490 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3491 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3492 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3493
3494 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3495 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3496 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3497 let finish_command delete it.
3498
3499 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3500 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3501 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3502 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3503 solib breakpoints.) */
3504
3505 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3506 {
3507 continue;
3508 }
3509
3510 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3511 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3512 a.out. */
3513 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3514 {
3515 delete_breakpoint (b);
3516 continue;
3517 }
3518 }
3519 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3520 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3521 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3523 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3524 }
3525
3526 int
3527 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3528 {
3529 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3530 int val = 0;
3531 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3532 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3533
3534 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3535 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3536
3537 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3538 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3539 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3540 {
3541 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3542 continue;
3543
3544 if (bl->inserted)
3545 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3546 }
3547
3548 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3549 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3550
3551 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3552 return val;
3553 }
3554
3555 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3556 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3557 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3558 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3559 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3560
3561 static int
3562 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3563 {
3564 int val;
3565
3566 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3567 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3568
3569 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3570 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3571 return 0;
3572
3573 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3574 This should not ever happen. */
3575 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3576
3577 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3578 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3579 {
3580 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3581 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3582 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3583
3584 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3585 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3586 || bl->section == NULL
3587 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3588 {
3589 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3590 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3591 }
3592 else
3593 {
3594 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3595 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3596 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3597 {
3598 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3599 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3600 */
3601 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3602 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3603 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3604 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3605 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3606 else
3607 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3608 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3609 }
3610 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3611 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3612 if (bl->inserted)
3613 {
3614 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3615 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3616 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3617 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3618
3619 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3620 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3621 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3622 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3623 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3624 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3625 else
3626 val = 0;
3627 }
3628 else
3629 {
3630 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3631 val = 0;
3632 }
3633 }
3634
3635 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3636 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3637 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3638 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3639 val = 0;
3640
3641 if (val)
3642 return val;
3643 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3644 }
3645 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3646 {
3647 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3648 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3649
3650 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3651 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3652
3653 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3654 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3655 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3656 bl->owner->number);
3657 }
3658 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3659 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3660 && !bl->duplicate)
3661 {
3662 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3663 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3664
3665 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3666 if (val)
3667 return val;
3668
3669 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3670 }
3671
3672 return 0;
3673 }
3674
3675 static int
3676 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3677 {
3678 int ret;
3679 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3680
3681 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3683
3684 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3685 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3686 return 0;
3687
3688 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3689 This should not ever happen. */
3690 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3691
3692 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3693
3694 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3695
3696 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3697
3698 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3699 return ret;
3700 }
3701
3702 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3703
3704 void
3705 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3706 {
3707 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3708
3709 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3710 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3711 bl->inserted = 0;
3712 }
3713
3714 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3715 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3716
3717 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3718 between runs.
3719
3720 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3721 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3722 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3723
3724
3725
3726 void
3727 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3728 {
3729 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3730 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3731 int ix;
3732 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3733
3734 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3735 nothing to do. */
3736 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3737 return;
3738
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3740 {
3741 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3742 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3743 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3744 bl->inserted = 0;
3745 }
3746
3747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3748 {
3749 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3750 continue;
3751
3752 switch (b->type)
3753 {
3754 case bp_call_dummy:
3755 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3756
3757 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3758 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3759 rid of it. */
3760
3761 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3762
3763 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3764
3765 case bp_shlib_event:
3766
3767 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3768 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3769 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3770 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3771 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3772
3773 (gdb) file prog-linux
3774 (gdb) run # native linux target
3775 ...
3776 (gdb) kill
3777 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3778 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3779 */
3780
3781 case bp_step_resume:
3782
3783 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3784
3785 delete_breakpoint (b);
3786 break;
3787
3788 case bp_watchpoint:
3789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3790 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3791 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3792 {
3793 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3794
3795 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3796 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3797 delete_breakpoint (b);
3798 else if (context == inf_starting)
3799 {
3800 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3801 insert_breakpoints. */
3802 if (w->val)
3803 value_free (w->val);
3804 w->val = NULL;
3805 w->val_valid = 0;
3806 }
3807 }
3808 break;
3809 default:
3810 break;
3811 }
3812 }
3813
3814 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3815 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3816 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3817 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3818 }
3819
3820 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3821 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3822 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3823 match, not program space. */
3824
3825 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3826 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3827 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3828 permanent breakpoint.
3829 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3830 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3831 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3832 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3833 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3834
3835 enum breakpoint_here
3836 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3837 {
3838 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3839 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3840
3841 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3842 {
3843 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3844 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3845 continue;
3846
3847 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3848 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3849 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3850 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3851 {
3852 if (overlay_debugging
3853 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3854 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3855 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3856 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3857 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3858 else
3859 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3860 }
3861 }
3862
3863 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3864 }
3865
3866 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3867
3868 int
3869 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3870 {
3871 struct bp_location *loc;
3872 int ix;
3873
3874 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3875 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3876 return 1;
3877
3878 return 0;
3879 }
3880
3881 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3882 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3883 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3884 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3885
3886 int
3887 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3888 CORE_ADDR pc)
3889 {
3890 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3891
3892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3893 {
3894 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3896 continue;
3897
3898 if (bl->inserted
3899 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3900 {
3901 if (overlay_debugging
3902 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3903 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3904 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3905 else
3906 return 1;
3907 }
3908 }
3909 return 0;
3910 }
3911
3912 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3913 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3914
3915 int
3916 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3917 {
3918 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3919 return 1;
3920
3921 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3922 return 1;
3923
3924 return 0;
3925 }
3926
3927 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3928 inserted at PC. */
3929
3930 int
3931 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3932 CORE_ADDR pc)
3933 {
3934 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3935
3936 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3937 {
3938 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3939 continue;
3940
3941 if (bl->inserted
3942 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3943 aspace, pc))
3944 {
3945 if (overlay_debugging
3946 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3947 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3948 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3949 else
3950 return 1;
3951 }
3952 }
3953
3954 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3955 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3956 return 1;
3957
3958 return 0;
3959 }
3960
3961 int
3962 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3963 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3964 {
3965 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3966
3967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3968 {
3969 struct bp_location *loc;
3970
3971 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3972 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3973 continue;
3974
3975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3976 continue;
3977
3978 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3979 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3980 {
3981 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3982
3983 /* Check for intersection. */
3984 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3985 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3986 if (l < h)
3987 return 1;
3988 }
3989 }
3990 return 0;
3991 }
3992
3993 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3994 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3995
3996 int
3997 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3998 ptid_t ptid)
3999 {
4000 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4001 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4002 int thread = -1;
4003 int task = 0;
4004
4005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4006 {
4007 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4008 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4009 continue;
4010
4011 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4012 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4013 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4014 continue;
4015
4016 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4017 continue;
4018
4019 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4020 {
4021 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4022 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4023 it is now time to do so. */
4024 if (thread == -1)
4025 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4026 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4027 continue;
4028 }
4029
4030 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4031 {
4032 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4033 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4034 it is now time to do so. */
4035 if (task == 0)
4036 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4037 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4038 continue;
4039 }
4040
4041 if (overlay_debugging
4042 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4043 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4044 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4045
4046 return 1;
4047 }
4048
4049 return 0;
4050 }
4051 \f
4052
4053 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4054 in breakpoint.h. */
4055
4056 int
4057 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4058 {
4059 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4060 }
4061
4062 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4063 'next' chain. */
4064
4065 static void
4066 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4067 {
4068 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4069 value_free (bs->old_val);
4070 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4071 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4072 xfree (bs);
4073 }
4074
4075 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4076 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4077
4078 void
4079 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4080 {
4081 bpstat p;
4082 bpstat q;
4083
4084 if (bsp == 0)
4085 return;
4086 p = *bsp;
4087 while (p != NULL)
4088 {
4089 q = p->next;
4090 bpstat_free (p);
4091 p = q;
4092 }
4093 *bsp = NULL;
4094 }
4095
4096 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4097 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4098
4099 bpstat
4100 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4101 {
4102 bpstat p = NULL;
4103 bpstat tmp;
4104 bpstat retval = NULL;
4105
4106 if (bs == NULL)
4107 return bs;
4108
4109 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4110 {
4111 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4112 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4113 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4114 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4115 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4116 {
4117 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4118 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4119 }
4120
4121 if (p == NULL)
4122 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4123 retval = tmp;
4124 else
4125 p->next = tmp;
4126 p = tmp;
4127 }
4128 p->next = NULL;
4129 return retval;
4130 }
4131
4132 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4133
4134 bpstat
4135 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4136 {
4137 if (bsp == NULL)
4138 return NULL;
4139
4140 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4141 {
4142 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4143 return bsp;
4144 }
4145 return NULL;
4146 }
4147
4148 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4149 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4150 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4151 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4152
4153 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4154 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4155 we set it.
4156 Return 1 otherwise. */
4157
4158 int
4159 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4160 {
4161 struct breakpoint *b;
4162
4163 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4164 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4165
4166 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4167 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4168 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4169 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4170 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4171 if (b == NULL)
4172 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4173
4174 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4175 return 1;
4176 }
4177
4178 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4179
4180 void
4181 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4182 {
4183 struct thread_info *tp;
4184 bpstat bs;
4185
4186 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4187 return;
4188
4189 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4190 if (tp == NULL)
4191 return;
4192
4193 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4194 {
4195 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4196
4197 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4198 {
4199 value_free (bs->old_val);
4200 bs->old_val = NULL;
4201 }
4202 }
4203 }
4204
4205 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4206
4207 static void
4208 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4209 {
4210 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4211 {
4212 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4213
4214 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4215 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4216 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4217 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4218 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4219 return;
4220 }
4221
4222 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4223 }
4224
4225 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4226 command. */
4227 static void
4228 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4229 {
4230 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4231 }
4232
4233 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4234 or its equivalent. */
4235
4236 static int
4237 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4238 {
4239 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4240 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4241 }
4242
4243 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4244 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4245 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4246 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4247
4248 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4249 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4250 bpstat of the current thread. */
4251
4252 static int
4253 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4254 {
4255 bpstat bs;
4256 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4257 int again = 0;
4258
4259 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4260 in bs->commands. */
4261 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4262 return 0;
4263
4264 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4265 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4266
4267 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4268
4269 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4270 bs = *bsp;
4271
4272 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4273 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4274 {
4275 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4276 struct command_line *cmd;
4277 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4278
4279 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4280
4281 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4282 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4283 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4284 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4285 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4286 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4287 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4288 the tree when we're done. */
4289 ccmd = bs->commands;
4290 bs->commands = NULL;
4291 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4292 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4293 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4294 {
4295 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4296 cmd = cmd->next;
4297 }
4298
4299 while (cmd != NULL)
4300 {
4301 execute_control_command (cmd);
4302
4303 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4304 break;
4305 else
4306 cmd = cmd->next;
4307 }
4308
4309 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4310 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4311
4312 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4313 {
4314 if (target_can_async_p ())
4315 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4316 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4317 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4318 ;
4319 else
4320 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4321 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4322 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4323 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4324 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4325 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4326 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4327 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4328 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4329 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4330 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4331 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4332 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4333 again = 1;
4334 break;
4335 }
4336 }
4337 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4338 return again;
4339 }
4340
4341 void
4342 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4343 {
4344 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4345
4346 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4347 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4348 && target_has_execution
4349 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4350 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4351 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4352 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4353 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4354 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4355 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4356 break;
4357
4358 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4359 }
4360
4361 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4362
4363 static void
4364 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4365 {
4366 if (val == NULL)
4367 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4368 else
4369 {
4370 struct value_print_options opts;
4371 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4372 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4373 }
4374 }
4375
4376 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4377 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4378 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4379 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4380 normal_stop(). */
4381
4382 static enum print_stop_action
4383 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4384 {
4385 switch (bs->print_it)
4386 {
4387 case print_it_noop:
4388 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4389 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4390 break;
4391
4392 case print_it_done:
4393 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4394 relevant messages. */
4395 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4396 break;
4397
4398 case print_it_normal:
4399 {
4400 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4401
4402 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4403 which has since been deleted. */
4404 if (b == NULL)
4405 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4406
4407 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4408 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4409 }
4410 break;
4411
4412 default:
4413 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4414 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4415 break;
4416 }
4417 }
4418
4419 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4420
4421 static void
4422 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4423 {
4424 int any_deleted
4425 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4426 int any_added
4427 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4428
4429 if (!is_catchpoint)
4430 {
4431 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4432 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4433 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4434 else
4435 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4436 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4437 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4438 }
4439
4440 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4441 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4442 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4443
4444 if (any_deleted)
4445 {
4446 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4447 char *name;
4448 int ix;
4449
4450 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4451 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4452 "removed");
4453 for (ix = 0;
4454 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4455 ix, name);
4456 ++ix)
4457 {
4458 if (ix > 0)
4459 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4460 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4461 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4462 }
4463
4464 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4465 }
4466
4467 if (any_added)
4468 {
4469 struct so_list *iter;
4470 int ix;
4471 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4472
4473 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4474 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4475 "added");
4476 for (ix = 0;
4477 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4478 ix, iter);
4479 ++ix)
4480 {
4481 if (ix > 0)
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4483 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4485 }
4486
4487 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4488 }
4489 }
4490
4491 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4492 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4493 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4494 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4495 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4496 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4497 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4498 routine is one of:
4499
4500 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4501 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4502 code to print the location. An example is
4503 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4504 the location.
4505 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4506 to also print the location part of the message.
4507 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4508 don't require a location appended to the end.
4509 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4510 further info to be printed. */
4511
4512 enum print_stop_action
4513 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4514 {
4515 int val;
4516
4517 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4518 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4519 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4520 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4521 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4522 {
4523 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4524 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4525 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4526 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4527 return val;
4528 }
4529
4530 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4531 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4532 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4533 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4534 {
4535 print_solib_event (0);
4536 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4537 }
4538
4539 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4540 with and nothing was printed. */
4541 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4542 }
4543
4544 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4545 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4546 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4547 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4548
4549 static int
4550 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4551 {
4552 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4553 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4554
4555 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4556 return i;
4557 }
4558
4559 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4560
4561 static bpstat
4562 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4563 {
4564 bpstat bs;
4565
4566 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4567 bs->next = NULL;
4568 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4569 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4570 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4571 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4572 incref_bp_location (bl);
4573 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4574 bs->commands = NULL;
4575 bs->old_val = NULL;
4576 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4577 return bs;
4578 }
4579 \f
4580 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4581 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4582
4583 int
4584 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4585 {
4586 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4587 CORE_ADDR addr;
4588 struct breakpoint *b;
4589
4590 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4591 {
4592 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4593 as not triggered. */
4594 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4595 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4596 {
4597 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4598
4599 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4600 }
4601
4602 return 0;
4603 }
4604
4605 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4606 {
4607 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4608 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4609 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4610 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4611 {
4612 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4613
4614 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4615 }
4616
4617 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4618 }
4619
4620 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4621 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4622 triggered. */
4623
4624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4625 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4626 {
4627 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4628 struct bp_location *loc;
4629
4630 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4631 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4632 {
4633 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4634 {
4635 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4636 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4637
4638 if (newaddr == start)
4639 {
4640 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4641 break;
4642 }
4643 }
4644 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4645 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4646 addr, loc->address,
4647 loc->length))
4648 {
4649 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4650 break;
4651 }
4652 }
4653 }
4654
4655 return 1;
4656 }
4657
4658 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4659 because of check_errors). */
4660 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4661 #define WP_DELETED 1
4662 /* The value has changed. */
4663 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4664 /* The value has not changed. */
4665 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4666 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4667 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4668
4669 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4670 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4671
4672 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4673 changed.
4674
4675 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4676 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4677
4678 static int
4679 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4680 {
4681 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4682 struct watchpoint *b;
4683 struct frame_info *fr;
4684 int within_current_scope;
4685
4686 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4687 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4688 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4689
4690 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4691 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4692 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4693 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4694 return WP_IGNORE;
4695
4696 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4697 within_current_scope = 1;
4698 else
4699 {
4700 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4701 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4702 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4703
4704 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4705 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4706 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4707 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4708 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4709 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4710 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4711 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4712 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4713 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4714 return WP_IGNORE;
4715
4716 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4717 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4718
4719 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4720 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4721 if (within_current_scope)
4722 {
4723 struct symbol *function;
4724
4725 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4726 if (function == NULL
4727 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4728 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4729 within_current_scope = 0;
4730 }
4731
4732 if (within_current_scope)
4733 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4734 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4735 the user. */
4736 select_frame (fr);
4737 }
4738
4739 if (within_current_scope)
4740 {
4741 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4742 time before we return to the command level and call
4743 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4744 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4745
4746 int pc = 0;
4747 struct value *mark;
4748 struct value *new_val;
4749
4750 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4751 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4752 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4753 a mask watchpoint. */
4754 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4755
4756 mark = value_mark ();
4757 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4758
4759 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4760 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4761 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4762 not what we want. */
4763 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4764 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4765 {
4766 if (new_val != NULL)
4767 {
4768 release_value (new_val);
4769 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4770 }
4771 bs->old_val = b->val;
4772 b->val = new_val;
4773 b->val_valid = 1;
4774 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4775 }
4776 else
4777 {
4778 /* Nothing changed. */
4779 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4780 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4781 }
4782 }
4783 else
4784 {
4785 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4786
4787 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4788 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4789 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4790 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4791 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4792 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4793 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4794 the first value assigned). */
4795 /* We print all the stop information in
4796 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4797 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4798 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4799 here. */
4800 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4801 ui_out_field_string
4802 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4803 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4804 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4805 ui_out_text (uiout,
4806 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4807 which its expression is valid.\n");
4808
4809 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4810 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4811 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4812
4813 return WP_DELETED;
4814 }
4815 }
4816
4817 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4818 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4819 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4820
4821 static int
4822 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4823 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4824 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4825 {
4826 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4827
4828 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4829 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4830
4831 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4832 }
4833
4834 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4835 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4836
4837 static void
4838 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4839 {
4840 const struct bp_location *bl;
4841 struct watchpoint *b;
4842
4843 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4844 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4845 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4846 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4847 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4848
4849 {
4850 int must_check_value = 0;
4851
4852 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4853 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4854 watched value. */
4855 must_check_value = 1;
4856 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4857 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4858 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4859 this watchpoint. */
4860 must_check_value = 1;
4861 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4862 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4863 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4864 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4865 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4866 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4867 must_check_value = 1;
4868
4869 if (must_check_value)
4870 {
4871 char *message
4872 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4873 b->base.number);
4874 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4875 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4876 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4877 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4878 switch (e)
4879 {
4880 case WP_DELETED:
4881 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4882 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4883 /* Stop. */
4884 break;
4885 case WP_IGNORE:
4886 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4887 bs->stop = 0;
4888 break;
4889 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4890 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4891 {
4892 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4893
4894 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4895 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4896 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4897 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4898 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4899 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4900 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4901 old value.
4902
4903 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4904 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4905 happen:
4906
4907 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4908 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4909 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4910 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4911
4912 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4913 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4914 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4915 watchpoint.
4916
4917 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4918 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4919 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4920 changes. This still gives false positives when
4921 the program writes the same value to memory as
4922 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4923 it for a read), but it's much better than
4924 nothing. */
4925
4926 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4927
4928 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4929 {
4930 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4931
4932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4933 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4934 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4935 {
4936 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4937 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4938
4939 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4940 == watch_triggered_yes)
4941 {
4942 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4943 break;
4944 }
4945 }
4946 }
4947
4948 if (other_write_watchpoint
4949 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4950 {
4951 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4952 and the value changed since the last time we
4953 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4954 Ignore it. */
4955 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4956 bs->stop = 0;
4957 }
4958 }
4959 break;
4960 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4961 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4962 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4963 {
4964 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4965 the value hasn't changed. */
4966 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4967 bs->stop = 0;
4968 }
4969 /* Stop. */
4970 break;
4971 default:
4972 /* Can't happen. */
4973 case 0:
4974 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4975 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4976 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4977 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4978 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4979 break;
4980 }
4981 }
4982 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4983 {
4984 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4985 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4986 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4987 anything for this watchpoint. */
4988 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4989 bs->stop = 0;
4990 }
4991 }
4992 }
4993
4994
4995 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4996 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4997 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4998
4999 static void
5000 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5001 {
5002 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5003 const struct bp_location *bl;
5004 struct breakpoint *b;
5005
5006 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5007 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5008 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5009 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5010 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5011
5012 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5013 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5014 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5015
5016 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5017 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5018 bs->stop = 0;
5019 else if (bs->stop)
5020 {
5021 int value_is_zero = 0;
5022 struct expression *cond;
5023
5024 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5025 method implemented. */
5026 if (b->py_bp_object)
5027 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5028
5029 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5030 {
5031 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5032
5033 cond = w->cond_exp;
5034 }
5035 else
5036 cond = bl->cond;
5037
5038 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5039 {
5040 int within_current_scope = 1;
5041 struct watchpoint * w;
5042
5043 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5044 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5045 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5046 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5047 function call. */
5048 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5049
5050 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5051 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5052 else
5053 w = NULL;
5054
5055 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5056 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5057 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5058 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5059 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5060 call site. */
5061 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5062 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5063 else
5064 {
5065 struct frame_info *frame;
5066
5067 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5068 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5069 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5070 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5071 really matter which instantiation of the function
5072 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5073 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5074 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5075 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5076 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5077 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5078 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5079 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5080 intuitive. */
5081 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5082 if (frame != NULL)
5083 select_frame (frame);
5084 else
5085 within_current_scope = 0;
5086 }
5087 if (within_current_scope)
5088 value_is_zero
5089 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5090 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5091 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5092 else
5093 {
5094 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5095 "in the current scope"));
5096 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5097 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5098 value_is_zero = 0;
5099 }
5100 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5101 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5102 }
5103
5104 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5105 {
5106 bs->stop = 0;
5107 }
5108 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5109 {
5110 bs->stop = 0;
5111 }
5112 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5113 {
5114 b->ignore_count--;
5115 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5116 bs->stop = 0;
5117 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5118 ++(b->hit_count);
5119 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5120 }
5121 }
5122 }
5123
5124
5125 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5126 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5127
5128 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5129 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5130 that:
5131
5132 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5133
5134 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5135
5136 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5137 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5138 several reasons concurrently.)
5139
5140 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5141 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5142
5143 bpstat
5144 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5145 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5146 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5147 {
5148 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5149 struct bp_location *bl;
5150 struct bp_location *loc;
5151 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5152 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5153 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5154 bpstat bs;
5155 int ix;
5156 int need_remove_insert;
5157 int removed_any;
5158
5159 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5160 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5161 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5162 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5163 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5164 inferior function calls. */
5165
5166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5167 {
5168 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5169 continue;
5170
5171 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5172 {
5173 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5174 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5175 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5176 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5177 checked all locations already. */
5178 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5179 break;
5180
5181 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5182 continue;
5183
5184 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5185 continue;
5186
5187 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5188 matches. */
5189
5190 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5191 explain stop. */
5192
5193 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5194 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5195 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5196 bs->stop = 1;
5197 bs->print = 1;
5198
5199 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5200 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5201 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5202 iteration. */
5203 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5204 {
5205 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5206
5207 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5208 }
5209 }
5210 }
5211
5212 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5213 {
5214 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5215 {
5216 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5217 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5218 bs->stop = 0;
5219 bs->print = 0;
5220 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5221 }
5222 }
5223
5224 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5225 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5226 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5227 "catch unload". */
5228 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5229 {
5230 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5231 {
5232 handle_solib_event ();
5233 break;
5234 }
5235 }
5236
5237 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5238 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5239 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5240
5241 removed_any = 0;
5242
5243 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5244 {
5245 if (!bs->stop)
5246 continue;
5247
5248 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5249 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5250 if (bs->stop)
5251 {
5252 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5253
5254 if (bs->stop)
5255 {
5256 ++(b->hit_count);
5257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5258
5259 /* We will stop here. */
5260 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5261 {
5262 --(b->enable_count);
5263 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5264 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5265 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5266 removed_any = 1;
5267 }
5268 if (b->silent)
5269 bs->print = 0;
5270 bs->commands = b->commands;
5271 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5272 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5273 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5274 bs->print = 0;
5275 }
5276
5277 }
5278
5279 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5280 print. */
5281 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5282 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5283 }
5284
5285 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5286 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5287 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5288 done later. */
5289 need_remove_insert = 0;
5290 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5291 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5292 if (!bs->stop
5293 && bs->breakpoint_at
5294 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5295 {
5296 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5297
5298 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5299 need_remove_insert = 1;
5300 }
5301
5302 if (need_remove_insert)
5303 update_global_location_list (1);
5304 else if (removed_any)
5305 update_global_location_list (0);
5306
5307 return bs_head;
5308 }
5309
5310 static void
5311 handle_jit_event (void)
5312 {
5313 struct frame_info *frame;
5314 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5315
5316 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5317 breakpoint_re_set. */
5318 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5319
5320 frame = get_current_frame ();
5321 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5322
5323 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5324
5325 target_terminal_inferior ();
5326 }
5327
5328 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5329
5330 void
5331 handle_solib_event (void)
5332 {
5333 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5334
5335 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5336 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5337 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5338 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5339 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5340 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5341 #else
5342 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5343 #endif
5344 target_terminal_inferior ();
5345 }
5346
5347 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5348
5349 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5350
5351 struct bpstat_what
5352 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5353 {
5354 struct bpstat_what retval;
5355 int jit_event = 0;
5356 bpstat bs;
5357
5358 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5359 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5360 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5361
5362 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5363 {
5364 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5365 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5366 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5367 enum bptype bptype;
5368
5369 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5370 {
5371 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5372 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5373 bptype = bp_none;
5374 }
5375 else
5376 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5377
5378 switch (bptype)
5379 {
5380 case bp_none:
5381 break;
5382 case bp_breakpoint:
5383 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5384 case bp_until:
5385 case bp_finish:
5386 case bp_shlib_event:
5387 if (bs->stop)
5388 {
5389 if (bs->print)
5390 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5391 else
5392 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5393 }
5394 else
5395 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5396 break;
5397 case bp_watchpoint:
5398 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5399 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5400 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5401 if (bs->stop)
5402 {
5403 if (bs->print)
5404 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5405 else
5406 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5407 }
5408 else
5409 {
5410 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5411 This requires no further action. */
5412 }
5413 break;
5414 case bp_longjmp:
5415 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5416 case bp_exception:
5417 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5418 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5419 break;
5420 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5421 case bp_exception_resume:
5422 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5423 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5424 break;
5425 case bp_step_resume:
5426 if (bs->stop)
5427 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5428 else
5429 {
5430 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5431 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5432 }
5433 break;
5434 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5435 if (bs->stop)
5436 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5437 else
5438 {
5439 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5440 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5441 }
5442 break;
5443 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5444 case bp_thread_event:
5445 case bp_overlay_event:
5446 case bp_longjmp_master:
5447 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5448 case bp_exception_master:
5449 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5450 break;
5451 case bp_catchpoint:
5452 if (bs->stop)
5453 {
5454 if (bs->print)
5455 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5456 else
5457 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5458 }
5459 else
5460 {
5461 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5462 This requires no further action. */
5463 }
5464 break;
5465 case bp_jit_event:
5466 jit_event = 1;
5467 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5468 break;
5469 case bp_call_dummy:
5470 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5471 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5472 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5473 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5474 break;
5475 case bp_std_terminate:
5476 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5477 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5478 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5479 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5480 break;
5481 case bp_tracepoint:
5482 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5483 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5484 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5485 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5486 out already. */
5487 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5488 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5489 break;
5490 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5491 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5492 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5493 break;
5494 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5495 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5496 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5497 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5498 break;
5499
5500 case bp_dprintf:
5501 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5502 break;
5503
5504 default:
5505 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5506 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5507 }
5508
5509 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5510 }
5511
5512 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5513 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5514
5515 if (jit_event)
5516 {
5517 if (debug_infrun)
5518 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5519
5520 handle_jit_event ();
5521 }
5522
5523 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5524 {
5525 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5526
5527 if (b == NULL)
5528 continue;
5529 switch (b->type)
5530 {
5531 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5532 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5533 break;
5534 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5535 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5536 break;
5537 }
5538 }
5539
5540 return retval;
5541 }
5542
5543 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5544 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5545 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5546
5547 int
5548 bpstat_should_step (void)
5549 {
5550 struct breakpoint *b;
5551
5552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5553 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5554 return 1;
5555 return 0;
5556 }
5557
5558 int
5559 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5560 {
5561 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5562 if (bs->stop)
5563 return 1;
5564
5565 return 0;
5566 }
5567
5568 \f
5569
5570 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5571 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5572 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5573
5574 static char *
5575 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5576 {
5577 static char wrap_indent[80];
5578 int i, total_width, width, align;
5579 char *text;
5580
5581 total_width = 0;
5582 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5583 {
5584 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5585 {
5586 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5587 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5588 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5589
5590 return wrap_indent;
5591 }
5592
5593 total_width += width + 1;
5594 }
5595
5596 return NULL;
5597 }
5598
5599 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5600 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5601
5602 "host": Host evals condition.
5603 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5604 "target": Target evals condition.
5605 */
5606
5607 static const char *
5608 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5609 {
5610 struct bp_location *bl;
5611 char host_evals = 0;
5612 char target_evals = 0;
5613
5614 if (!b)
5615 return NULL;
5616
5617 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5618 return NULL;
5619
5620 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5621 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5622 return condition_evaluation_host;
5623
5624 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5625 {
5626 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5627 target_evals++;
5628 else
5629 host_evals++;
5630 }
5631
5632 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5633 return condition_evaluation_both;
5634 else if (target_evals)
5635 return condition_evaluation_target;
5636 else
5637 return condition_evaluation_host;
5638 }
5639
5640 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5641 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5642
5643 static const char *
5644 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5645 {
5646 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5647 return NULL;
5648
5649 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5650 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5651 return condition_evaluation_host;
5652
5653 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5654 return condition_evaluation_target;
5655 else
5656 return condition_evaluation_host;
5657 }
5658
5659 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5660
5661 static void
5662 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5663 struct bp_location *loc)
5664 {
5665 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5666 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5667
5668 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5669 loc = NULL;
5670
5671 if (loc != NULL)
5672 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5673
5674 if (b->display_canonical)
5675 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5676 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5677 {
5678 struct symbol *sym
5679 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5680 if (sym)
5681 {
5682 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5683 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5684 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5685 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5686 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5687 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5688 }
5689 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5690 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5691
5692 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5693 {
5694 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5695 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5696
5697 if (fullname)
5698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5699 }
5700
5701 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5702 }
5703 else if (loc)
5704 {
5705 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5706 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5707
5708 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5709 demangle, "");
5710 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5711
5712 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5713 }
5714 else
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5716
5717 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5718 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5719 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5720 {
5721 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5722 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5723 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5724 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5725 }
5726
5727 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5728 }
5729
5730 static const char *
5731 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5732 {
5733 struct ep_type_description
5734 {
5735 enum bptype type;
5736 char *description;
5737 };
5738 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5739 {
5740 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5741 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5742 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5743 {bp_until, "until"},
5744 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5745 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5746 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5747 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5748 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5749 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5750 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5751 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5752 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5753 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5754 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5755 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5756 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5757 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5758 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5759 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5760 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5761 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5762 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5763 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5764 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5765 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5766 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5767 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5768 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5769 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5770 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5771 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5772 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5773 };
5774
5775 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5776 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5777 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5778 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5779 (int) type);
5780
5781 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5782 }
5783
5784 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5785
5786 static void
5787 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5788 struct bp_location *loc,
5789 int loc_number,
5790 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5791 int allflag)
5792 {
5793 struct command_line *l;
5794 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5795
5796 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5797 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5798 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5799 struct value_print_options opts;
5800
5801 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5802
5803 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5804 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5805 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5806 if (loc == NULL
5807 && (b->loc != NULL
5808 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5809 header_of_multiple = 1;
5810 if (loc == NULL)
5811 loc = b->loc;
5812
5813 annotate_record ();
5814
5815 /* 1 */
5816 annotate_field (0);
5817 if (part_of_multiple)
5818 {
5819 char *formatted;
5820 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5821 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5822 xfree (formatted);
5823 }
5824 else
5825 {
5826 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5827 }
5828
5829 /* 2 */
5830 annotate_field (1);
5831 if (part_of_multiple)
5832 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5833 else
5834 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5835
5836 /* 3 */
5837 annotate_field (2);
5838 if (part_of_multiple)
5839 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5840 else
5841 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5842
5843
5844 /* 4 */
5845 annotate_field (3);
5846 if (part_of_multiple)
5847 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5848 else
5849 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5850 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5851 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5852
5853
5854 /* 5 and 6 */
5855 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5856 {
5857 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5858 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5859 make sure there's just one location. */
5860 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5861 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5862 }
5863 else
5864 switch (b->type)
5865 {
5866 case bp_none:
5867 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5868 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5869 break;
5870
5871 case bp_watchpoint:
5872 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5873 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5874 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5875 {
5876 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5877
5878 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5879 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5880 is relatively readable). */
5881 if (opts.addressprint)
5882 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5883 annotate_field (5);
5884 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5885 }
5886 break;
5887
5888 case bp_breakpoint:
5889 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5890 case bp_until:
5891 case bp_finish:
5892 case bp_longjmp:
5893 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5894 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5895 case bp_exception:
5896 case bp_exception_resume:
5897 case bp_step_resume:
5898 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5899 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5900 case bp_call_dummy:
5901 case bp_std_terminate:
5902 case bp_shlib_event:
5903 case bp_thread_event:
5904 case bp_overlay_event:
5905 case bp_longjmp_master:
5906 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5907 case bp_exception_master:
5908 case bp_tracepoint:
5909 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5910 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5911 case bp_dprintf:
5912 case bp_jit_event:
5913 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5914 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5915 if (opts.addressprint)
5916 {
5917 annotate_field (4);
5918 if (header_of_multiple)
5919 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5920 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5921 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5922 else
5923 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5924 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5925 }
5926 annotate_field (5);
5927 if (!header_of_multiple)
5928 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5929 if (b->loc)
5930 *last_loc = b->loc;
5931 break;
5932 }
5933
5934
5935 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5936 are several. */
5937 if (loc != NULL
5938 && !header_of_multiple
5939 && (allflag
5940 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
5941 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5942 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5943 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5944 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5945 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5946 {
5947 struct inferior *inf;
5948 int first = 1;
5949
5950 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5951 {
5952 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5953 {
5954 if (first)
5955 {
5956 first = 0;
5957 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5958 }
5959 else
5960 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5961 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5962 }
5963 }
5964 }
5965
5966 if (!part_of_multiple)
5967 {
5968 if (b->thread != -1)
5969 {
5970 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5971 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5972 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5973 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5974 }
5975 else if (b->task != 0)
5976 {
5977 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5978 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5979 }
5980 }
5981
5982 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5983
5984 if (!part_of_multiple)
5985 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5986
5987 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5988 {
5989 annotate_field (6);
5990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5991 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5992 the frame ID. */
5993 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5994 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5995 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5996 }
5997
5998 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5999 {
6000 annotate_field (7);
6001 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6003 else
6004 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6005 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6006
6007 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6008 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6009 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6010 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6011 == condition_evaluation_target)
6012 {
6013 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6014 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6015 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6016 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6017 }
6018 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6019 }
6020
6021 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6022 {
6023 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6024 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6025 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6026 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6027 }
6028
6029 if (!part_of_multiple)
6030 {
6031 if (b->hit_count)
6032 {
6033 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6034 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6035 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6036 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6037 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6038 else
6039 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6040 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6041 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6042 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6043 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6044 else
6045 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6046 }
6047 else
6048 {
6049 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6050 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6051 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6052 }
6053 }
6054
6055 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6056 {
6057 annotate_field (8);
6058 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6059 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6060 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6061 }
6062
6063 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6064 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6065 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6066 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6067 {
6068 annotate_field (8);
6069 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6070 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6071 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6072 if (b->ignore_count)
6073 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6074 else
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6076 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6077 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6078 }
6079
6080 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6081 {
6082 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6083
6084 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6085 {
6086 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6087 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6088 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6089 }
6090 }
6091
6092 if (!part_of_multiple && b->extra_string
6093 && b->type == bp_dprintf && !b->commands)
6094 {
6095 annotate_field (7);
6096 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t(agent printf) ");
6097 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "printf", b->extra_string);
6098 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6099 }
6100
6101 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6102 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6103 {
6104 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6105
6106 annotate_field (9);
6107 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6108 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6109 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6110 }
6111
6112 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6113 {
6114 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6115
6116 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6117 {
6118 annotate_field (10);
6119 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6120 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6121 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6122 }
6123 }
6124
6125 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6126 {
6127 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6128 {
6129 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6130
6131 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6132 }
6133 else if (b->addr_string)
6134 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6135 }
6136 }
6137
6138 static void
6139 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6140 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6141 int allflag)
6142 {
6143 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6144 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6145
6146 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6147
6148 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6149 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6150
6151 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6152 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6153 locations, if any. */
6154 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6155 {
6156 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6157 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6158 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6159 situation.
6160
6161 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6162 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6163 if (b->loc
6164 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6165 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6166 {
6167 struct bp_location *loc;
6168 int n = 1;
6169
6170 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6171 {
6172 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6173 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6174 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6175 do_cleanups (inner2);
6176 }
6177 }
6178 }
6179 }
6180
6181 static int
6182 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6183 {
6184 int print_address_bits = 0;
6185 struct bp_location *loc;
6186
6187 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6188 {
6189 int addr_bit;
6190
6191 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6192 an address to print. */
6193 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6194 continue;
6195
6196 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6197 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6198 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6199 }
6200
6201 return print_address_bits;
6202 }
6203
6204 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6205 {
6206 int bnum;
6207 };
6208
6209 static int
6210 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6211 {
6212 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6213 struct breakpoint *b;
6214 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6215
6216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6217 {
6218 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6219 {
6220 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6221 return GDB_RC_OK;
6222 }
6223 }
6224 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6225 }
6226
6227 enum gdb_rc
6228 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6229 char **error_message)
6230 {
6231 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6232
6233 args.bnum = bnum;
6234 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6235 an error. */
6236 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6237 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6238 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6239 else
6240 return GDB_RC_OK;
6241 }
6242
6243 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6244 internal or momentary. */
6245
6246 int
6247 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6248 {
6249 return b->number > 0;
6250 }
6251
6252 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6253 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6254 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6255 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6256 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6257 breakpoints listed. */
6258
6259 static int
6260 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6261 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6262 {
6263 struct breakpoint *b;
6264 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6265 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6266 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6267 struct value_print_options opts;
6268 int print_address_bits = 0;
6269 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6270 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6271
6272 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6273
6274 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6275 required for address fields. */
6276 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6277 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6278 {
6279 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6280 if (filter && !filter (b))
6281 continue;
6282
6283 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6284 accept. Skip the others. */
6285 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6286 {
6287 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6288 continue;
6289 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6290 continue;
6291 }
6292
6293 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6294 {
6295 int addr_bit, type_len;
6296
6297 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6298 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6299 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6300
6301 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6302 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6303 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6304
6305 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6306 }
6307 }
6308
6309 if (opts.addressprint)
6310 bkpttbl_chain
6311 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6312 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6313 "BreakpointTable");
6314 else
6315 bkpttbl_chain
6316 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6317 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6318 "BreakpointTable");
6319
6320 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6321 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6322 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6323 annotate_field (0);
6324 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6325 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6326 annotate_field (1);
6327 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6328 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6329 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6330 annotate_field (2);
6331 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6332 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6333 annotate_field (3);
6334 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6335 if (opts.addressprint)
6336 {
6337 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6338 annotate_field (4);
6339 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6340 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6341 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6342 else
6343 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6344 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6345 }
6346 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6347 annotate_field (5);
6348 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6349 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6350 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6351 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6352
6353 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6354 {
6355 QUIT;
6356 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6357 if (filter && !filter (b))
6358 continue;
6359
6360 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6361 accept. Skip the others. */
6362
6363 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6364 {
6365 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6366 {
6367 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6368 continue;
6369 }
6370 else /* all others */
6371 {
6372 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6373 continue;
6374 }
6375 }
6376 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6377 allflag is set. */
6378 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6379 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6380 }
6381
6382 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6383
6384 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6385 {
6386 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6387 empty list. */
6388 if (!filter)
6389 {
6390 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6391 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6392 else
6393 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6394 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6395 args);
6396 }
6397 }
6398 else
6399 {
6400 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6401 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6402 }
6403
6404 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6405 there have been breakpoints? */
6406 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6407
6408 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6409 }
6410
6411 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6412 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6413
6414 static void
6415 default_collect_info (void)
6416 {
6417 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6418
6419 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6420 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6421 not wanted. */
6422 if (!*default_collect)
6423 return;
6424
6425 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6426 actions. */
6427 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6428 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6429 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6430 }
6431
6432 static void
6433 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6434 {
6435 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6436
6437 default_collect_info ();
6438 }
6439
6440 static void
6441 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6442 {
6443 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6444 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6445
6446 if (num_printed == 0)
6447 {
6448 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6449 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6450 else
6451 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6452 }
6453 }
6454
6455 static void
6456 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6457 {
6458 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6459
6460 default_collect_info ();
6461 }
6462
6463 static int
6464 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6465 struct program_space *pspace,
6466 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6467 {
6468 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6469
6470 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6471 {
6472 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6473 && bl->address == pc
6474 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6475 return 1;
6476 }
6477 return 0;
6478 }
6479
6480 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6481 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6482 address spaces. */
6483
6484 static void
6485 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6486 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6487 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6488 {
6489 int others = 0;
6490 struct breakpoint *b;
6491
6492 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6493 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6494 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6495 if (others > 0)
6496 {
6497 if (others == 1)
6498 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6499 else /* if (others == ???) */
6500 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6501 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6502 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6503 {
6504 others--;
6505 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6506 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6507 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6508 else if (b->thread != -1)
6509 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6510 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6511 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6512 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6513 ? " (disabled)"
6514 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6515 ? " (permanent)"
6516 : ""),
6517 (others > 1) ? ","
6518 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6519 }
6520 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6521 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6522 printf_filtered (".\n");
6523 }
6524 }
6525 \f
6526
6527 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6528 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6529 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6530 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6531
6532 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6533 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6534 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6535 breakpoint at address zero:
6536
6537 bp_watchpoint
6538 bp_catchpoint
6539
6540 */
6541
6542 static int
6543 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6544 {
6545 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6546
6547 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6548 }
6549
6550 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6551 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6552
6553 static int
6554 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6555 struct bp_location *loc2)
6556 {
6557 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6558 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6559
6560 /* Both of them must exist. */
6561 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6562 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6563
6564 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6565 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6566 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6567 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6568 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6569 other watchpoint. */
6570 if ((w1->cond_exp
6571 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6572 loc1->length,
6573 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6574 w1->cond_exp))
6575 || (w2->cond_exp
6576 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6577 loc2->length,
6578 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6579 w2->cond_exp)))
6580 return 0;
6581
6582 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6583 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6584 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6585 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6586 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6587 become hw_access locations later. */
6588 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6589 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6590 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6591 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6592 }
6593
6594 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6595 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6596 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6597 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6598
6599 static int
6600 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6601 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6602 {
6603 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6604 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6605 && addr1 == addr2);
6606 }
6607
6608 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6609 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6610 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6611 space doesn't really matter. */
6612
6613 static int
6614 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6615 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6616 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6617 {
6618 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6619 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6620 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6621 }
6622
6623 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6624 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6625 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6626 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6627
6628 static int
6629 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6630 struct address_space *aspace,
6631 CORE_ADDR addr)
6632 {
6633 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6634 aspace, addr)
6635 || (bl->length
6636 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6637 bl->address, bl->length,
6638 aspace, addr)));
6639 }
6640
6641 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6642 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6643 true, otherwise returns false. */
6644
6645 static int
6646 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6647 struct bp_location *loc2)
6648 {
6649 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6650 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6651 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6652 different locations. */
6653 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6654 else
6655 return 0;
6656 }
6657
6658 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6659 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6660 represent the same location. */
6661
6662 static int
6663 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6664 struct bp_location *loc2)
6665 {
6666 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6667
6668 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6669 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6670 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6671
6672 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6673 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6674
6675 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6676 return 0;
6677 else if (hw_point1)
6678 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6679 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6680 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6681 else
6682 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6683 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6684 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6685 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6686 }
6687
6688 static void
6689 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6690 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6691 {
6692 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6693 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6694 char astr1[64];
6695 char astr2[64];
6696
6697 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6698 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6699 if (have_bnum)
6700 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6701 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6702 else
6703 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6704 }
6705
6706 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6707 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6708 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6709 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6710
6711 static CORE_ADDR
6712 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6713 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6714 {
6715 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6716 {
6717 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6718 return bpaddr;
6719 }
6720 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6721 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6722 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6723 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6724 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6725 {
6726 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6727 have their addresses modified. */
6728 return bpaddr;
6729 }
6730 else
6731 {
6732 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6733
6734 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6735 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6736 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6737
6738 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6739 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6740 is required. */
6741 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6742 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6743
6744 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6745 }
6746 }
6747
6748 void
6749 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6750 struct breakpoint *owner)
6751 {
6752 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6753
6754 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6755
6756 loc->ops = ops;
6757 loc->owner = owner;
6758 loc->cond = NULL;
6759 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6760 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6761 loc->enabled = 1;
6762
6763 switch (owner->type)
6764 {
6765 case bp_breakpoint:
6766 case bp_until:
6767 case bp_finish:
6768 case bp_longjmp:
6769 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6770 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6771 case bp_exception:
6772 case bp_exception_resume:
6773 case bp_step_resume:
6774 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6775 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6776 case bp_call_dummy:
6777 case bp_std_terminate:
6778 case bp_shlib_event:
6779 case bp_thread_event:
6780 case bp_overlay_event:
6781 case bp_jit_event:
6782 case bp_longjmp_master:
6783 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6784 case bp_exception_master:
6785 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6786 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6787 case bp_dprintf:
6788 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6789 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6790 break;
6791 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6792 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6793 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6794 break;
6795 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6796 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6797 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6798 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6799 break;
6800 case bp_watchpoint:
6801 case bp_catchpoint:
6802 case bp_tracepoint:
6803 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6804 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6805 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6806 break;
6807 default:
6808 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6809 }
6810
6811 loc->refc = 1;
6812 }
6813
6814 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6815
6816 static struct bp_location *
6817 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6818 {
6819 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6820 }
6821
6822 static void
6823 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6824 {
6825 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6826 xfree (loc);
6827 }
6828
6829 /* Increment reference count. */
6830
6831 static void
6832 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6833 {
6834 ++bl->refc;
6835 }
6836
6837 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6838 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6839
6840 static void
6841 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6842 {
6843 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6844
6845 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6846 free_bp_location (*blp);
6847 *blp = NULL;
6848 }
6849
6850 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6851
6852 static void
6853 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6854 {
6855 struct breakpoint *b1;
6856
6857 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6858 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6859
6860 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6861 if (b1 == 0)
6862 breakpoint_chain = b;
6863 else
6864 {
6865 while (b1->next)
6866 b1 = b1->next;
6867 b1->next = b;
6868 }
6869 }
6870
6871 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6872
6873 static void
6874 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6875 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6876 enum bptype bptype,
6877 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6878 {
6879 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6880
6881 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6882
6883 b->ops = ops;
6884 b->type = bptype;
6885 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6886 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6887 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6888 b->thread = -1;
6889 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6890 b->next = 0;
6891 b->silent = 0;
6892 b->ignore_count = 0;
6893 b->commands = NULL;
6894 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6895 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6896 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6897 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6898 }
6899
6900 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6901 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6902
6903 static struct breakpoint *
6904 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6905 enum bptype bptype,
6906 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6907 {
6908 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6909
6910 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6911 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6912 return b;
6913 }
6914
6915 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6916 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6917 enough. */
6918
6919 static void
6920 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6921 {
6922 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6923
6924 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6925 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6926 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6927 {
6928 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6929 const char *function_name;
6930 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6931
6932 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6933 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6934
6935 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6936 {
6937 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6938
6939 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6940 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6941 &loc->requested_address))
6942 {
6943 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6944 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6945 loc->requested_address,
6946 b->type);
6947 }
6948 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6949 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6950 {
6951 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6952 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6953 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6954 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6955 breakpoint. */
6956 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6957 }
6958 }
6959
6960 if (function_name)
6961 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6962 }
6963 }
6964
6965 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6966 struct gdbarch *
6967 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6968 {
6969 if (sal.section)
6970 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6971 if (sal.symtab)
6972 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6973
6974 return NULL;
6975 }
6976
6977 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6978 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6979 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6980
6981 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6982 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6983 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6984
6985 static void
6986 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6987 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6988 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6989 {
6990 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6991
6992 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6993
6994 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6995 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6996
6997 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6998 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6999 program space. */
7000 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7001 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7002
7003 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7004 }
7005
7006 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7007 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7008 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7009 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7010 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7011 is also returned as the value of this function.
7012
7013 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7014 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7015 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7016 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7017 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7018 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7019 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7020
7021 struct breakpoint *
7022 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7023 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7024 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7025 {
7026 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7027
7028 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7029 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7030 return b;
7031 }
7032
7033
7034 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7035 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7036 void
7037 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7038 {
7039 struct bp_location *bl;
7040
7041 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7042
7043 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7044 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7045 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7046 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7047 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7048 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7049 bl->inserted = 1;
7050 }
7051
7052 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7053 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7054 initiated the operation. */
7055
7056 void
7057 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7058 {
7059 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7060 int thread = tp->num;
7061
7062 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7063 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7064 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7065 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7067 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7068 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7069 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7070 {
7071 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7072 struct breakpoint *clone;
7073
7074 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7075 after their removal. */
7076 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7077 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7078 clone->thread = thread;
7079 }
7080
7081 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7082 }
7083
7084 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7085 void
7086 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7087 {
7088 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7089
7090 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7091 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7092 {
7093 if (b->thread == thread)
7094 delete_breakpoint (b);
7095 }
7096 }
7097
7098 void
7099 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7100 {
7101 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7102
7103 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7104 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7105 {
7106 if (b->thread == thread)
7107 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7108 }
7109 }
7110
7111 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7112 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7113 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7114 breakpoints. */
7115
7116 struct breakpoint *
7117 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7118 {
7119 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7120
7121 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7122 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7123 {
7124 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7125
7126 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7127 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7128 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7129
7130 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7131
7132 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7133 if (retval == NULL)
7134 retval = new_b;
7135 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7136 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7137 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7138 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7139 }
7140
7141 return retval;
7142 }
7143
7144 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7145 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7146 stack.
7147
7148 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7149 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7150 frames. */
7151
7152 void
7153 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7154 {
7155 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7156
7157 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7158 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7159 {
7160 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7161
7162 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7163 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7164 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7165 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7166 continue;
7167
7168 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7169
7170 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7171 {
7172 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7173 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7174 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7175 }
7176 delete_breakpoint (b);
7177 }
7178 }
7179
7180 void
7181 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7182 {
7183 struct breakpoint *b;
7184
7185 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7186 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7187 {
7188 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7189 update_global_location_list (1);
7190 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7191 }
7192 }
7193
7194 void
7195 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7196 {
7197 struct breakpoint *b;
7198
7199 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7200 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7201 {
7202 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7203 update_global_location_list (0);
7204 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7205 }
7206 }
7207
7208 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7209 master breakpoint. */
7210 void
7211 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7212 {
7213 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7214
7215 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7216 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7217 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7218 {
7219 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7220 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7221 }
7222 }
7223
7224 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7225 void
7226 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7227 {
7228 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7229
7230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7231 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7232 delete_breakpoint (b);
7233 }
7234
7235 struct breakpoint *
7236 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7237 {
7238 struct breakpoint *b;
7239
7240 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7241 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7242
7243 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7244 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7245 b->addr_string
7246 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7247
7248 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7249
7250 return b;
7251 }
7252
7253 void
7254 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7255 {
7256 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7257
7258 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7259 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7260 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7261 delete_breakpoint (b);
7262 }
7263
7264 struct lang_and_radix
7265 {
7266 enum language lang;
7267 int radix;
7268 };
7269
7270 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7271
7272 struct breakpoint *
7273 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7274 {
7275 struct breakpoint *b;
7276
7277 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7278 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7279 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7280 return b;
7281 }
7282
7283 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7284
7285 void
7286 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7287 {
7288 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7289
7290 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7291 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7292 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7293 delete_breakpoint (b);
7294 }
7295
7296 void
7297 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7298 {
7299 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7300
7301 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7302 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7303 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7304 delete_breakpoint (b);
7305 }
7306
7307 struct breakpoint *
7308 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7309 {
7310 struct breakpoint *b;
7311
7312 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7313 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7314 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7315 return b;
7316 }
7317
7318 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7319 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7320
7321 void
7322 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7323 {
7324 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7325
7326 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7327 {
7328 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7329 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7330
7331 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7332 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7333 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7334 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7335 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7336 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7337 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7338 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7339 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7340 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7341 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7342 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7343 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7344 #else
7345 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7346 #endif
7347 )
7348 {
7349 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7350 }
7351 }
7352 }
7353
7354 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7355 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7356 disabled. */
7357
7358 static void
7359 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7360 {
7361 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7362 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7363
7364 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7365 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7366 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7367 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7368 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7369 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7370 return;
7371
7372 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7373 {
7374 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7375 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7376
7377 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7378 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7379 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7380 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7381 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7382 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7383 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7384 || is_tracepoint (b))
7385 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7386 {
7387 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7388 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7389 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7390 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7391 loc->inserted = 0;
7392
7393 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7394 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7395
7396 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7397 {
7398 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7399 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7400 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7401 solib->so_name);
7402 }
7403 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7404 }
7405 }
7406 }
7407
7408 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7409
7410 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7411 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7412 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7413 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7414 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7415
7416 struct fork_catchpoint
7417 {
7418 /* The base class. */
7419 struct breakpoint base;
7420
7421 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7422 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7423 catchpoint has triggered. */
7424 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7425 };
7426
7427 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7428 catchpoints. */
7429
7430 static int
7431 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7432 {
7433 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7434 }
7435
7436 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7437 catchpoints. */
7438
7439 static int
7440 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7441 {
7442 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7443 }
7444
7445 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7446 catchpoints. */
7447
7448 static int
7449 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7450 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7451 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7452 {
7453 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7454
7455 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7456 return 0;
7457
7458 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7459 return 1;
7460 }
7461
7462 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7463 catchpoints. */
7464
7465 static enum print_stop_action
7466 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7467 {
7468 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7469 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7470 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7471
7472 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7473 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7474 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7475 else
7476 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7477 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7478 {
7479 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7480 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7481 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7482 }
7483 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7484 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7485 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7486 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7487 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7488 }
7489
7490 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7491 catchpoints. */
7492
7493 static void
7494 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7495 {
7496 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7497 struct value_print_options opts;
7498 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7499
7500 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7501
7502 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7503 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7504 readable). */
7505 if (opts.addressprint)
7506 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7507 annotate_field (5);
7508 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7509 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7510 {
7511 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7512 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7513 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7514 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7515 }
7516 }
7517
7518 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7519 catchpoints. */
7520
7521 static void
7522 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7523 {
7524 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7525 }
7526
7527 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7528 catchpoints. */
7529
7530 static void
7531 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7532 {
7533 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7534 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7535 }
7536
7537 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7538
7539 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7540
7541 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7542 catchpoints. */
7543
7544 static int
7545 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7546 {
7547 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7548 }
7549
7550 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7551 catchpoints. */
7552
7553 static int
7554 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7555 {
7556 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7557 }
7558
7559 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7560 catchpoints. */
7561
7562 static int
7563 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7564 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7565 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7566 {
7567 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7568
7569 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7570 return 0;
7571
7572 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7573 return 1;
7574 }
7575
7576 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7577 catchpoints. */
7578
7579 static enum print_stop_action
7580 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7581 {
7582 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7583 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7584 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7585
7586 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7587 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7588 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7589 else
7590 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7591 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7592 {
7593 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7594 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7595 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7596 }
7597 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7598 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7599 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7600 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7601 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7602 }
7603
7604 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7605 catchpoints. */
7606
7607 static void
7608 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7609 {
7610 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7611 struct value_print_options opts;
7612 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7613
7614 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7615 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7616 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7617 readable). */
7618 if (opts.addressprint)
7619 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7620 annotate_field (5);
7621 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7622 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7623 {
7624 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7625 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7626 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7627 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7628 }
7629 }
7630
7631 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7632 catchpoints. */
7633
7634 static void
7635 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7636 {
7637 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7638 }
7639
7640 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7641 catchpoints. */
7642
7643 static void
7644 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7645 {
7646 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7647 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7648 }
7649
7650 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7651
7652 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7653
7654 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7655 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7656 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7657 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7658 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7659
7660 struct solib_catchpoint
7661 {
7662 /* The base class. */
7663 struct breakpoint base;
7664
7665 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7666 unsigned char is_load;
7667
7668 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7669 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7670 char *regex;
7671 regex_t compiled;
7672 };
7673
7674 static void
7675 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7676 {
7677 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7678
7679 if (self->regex)
7680 regfree (&self->compiled);
7681 xfree (self->regex);
7682
7683 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7684 }
7685
7686 static int
7687 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7688 {
7689 return 0;
7690 }
7691
7692 static int
7693 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7694 {
7695 return 0;
7696 }
7697
7698 static int
7699 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7700 struct address_space *aspace,
7701 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7702 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7703 {
7704 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7705 struct breakpoint *other;
7706
7707 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7708 return 1;
7709
7710 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7711 {
7712 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7713
7714 if (other == bl->owner)
7715 continue;
7716
7717 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7718 continue;
7719
7720 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7721 continue;
7722
7723 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7724 {
7725 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7726 return 1;
7727 }
7728 }
7729
7730 return 0;
7731 }
7732
7733 static void
7734 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7735 {
7736 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7737 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7738 int ix;
7739
7740 if (self->is_load)
7741 {
7742 struct so_list *iter;
7743
7744 for (ix = 0;
7745 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7746 ix, iter);
7747 ++ix)
7748 {
7749 if (!self->regex
7750 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7751 return;
7752 }
7753 }
7754 else
7755 {
7756 char *iter;
7757
7758 for (ix = 0;
7759 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7760 ix, iter);
7761 ++ix)
7762 {
7763 if (!self->regex
7764 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7765 return;
7766 }
7767 }
7768
7769 bs->stop = 0;
7770 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7771 }
7772
7773 static enum print_stop_action
7774 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7775 {
7776 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7777 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7778
7779 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7780 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7781 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7782 else
7783 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7784 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7785 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7786 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7787 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7788 print_solib_event (1);
7789 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7790 }
7791
7792 static void
7793 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7794 {
7795 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7796 struct value_print_options opts;
7797 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7798 char *msg;
7799
7800 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7801 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7802 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7803 readable). */
7804 if (opts.addressprint)
7805 {
7806 annotate_field (4);
7807 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7808 }
7809
7810 annotate_field (5);
7811 if (self->is_load)
7812 {
7813 if (self->regex)
7814 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7815 else
7816 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7817 }
7818 else
7819 {
7820 if (self->regex)
7821 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7822 else
7823 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7824 }
7825 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7826 xfree (msg);
7827 }
7828
7829 static void
7830 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7831 {
7832 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7833
7834 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7835 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7836 }
7837
7838 static void
7839 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7840 {
7841 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7842
7843 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7844 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7845 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7846 if (self->regex)
7847 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7848 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7849 }
7850
7851 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7852
7853 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7854 "catch unload". */
7855
7856 static void
7857 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7858 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7859 {
7860 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7861 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7862 int tempflag;
7863 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7864
7865 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7866
7867 if (!arg)
7868 arg = "";
7869 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7870
7871 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7872 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7873
7874 if (*arg != '\0')
7875 {
7876 int errcode;
7877
7878 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7879 if (errcode != 0)
7880 {
7881 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7882
7883 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7884 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7885 }
7886 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7887 }
7888
7889 c->is_load = is_load;
7890 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7891 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7892
7893 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7894 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7895 }
7896
7897 static void
7898 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7899 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7900 {
7901 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7902 }
7903
7904 static void
7905 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7906 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7907 {
7908 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7909 }
7910
7911 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7912
7913 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7914 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7915 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7916 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7917 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7918
7919 struct syscall_catchpoint
7920 {
7921 /* The base class. */
7922 struct breakpoint base;
7923
7924 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7925 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7926 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7927 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7928 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7929 };
7930
7931 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7932 catchpoints. */
7933
7934 static void
7935 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7936 {
7937 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7938
7939 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7940
7941 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7942 }
7943
7944 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7945
7946 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7947 {
7948 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7949 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7950 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7951
7952 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7953 int any_syscall_count;
7954
7955 /* Count of each system call. */
7956 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7957
7958 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7959 if any catching is necessary. */
7960 int total_syscalls_count;
7961 };
7962
7963 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
7964 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
7965 {
7966 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
7967
7968 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7969 if (inf_data == NULL)
7970 {
7971 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7972 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
7973 }
7974
7975 return inf_data;
7976 }
7977
7978 static void
7979 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
7980 {
7981 xfree (arg);
7982 }
7983
7984
7985 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7986 catchpoints. */
7987
7988 static int
7989 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7990 {
7991 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7992 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7993 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7994 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7995
7996 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7997 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7998 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7999 else
8000 {
8001 int i, iter;
8002
8003 for (i = 0;
8004 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8005 i++)
8006 {
8007 int elem;
8008
8009 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8010 {
8011 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8012 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8013 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8014 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8015 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8016 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8017 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8018 + vec_addr_offset);
8019 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8020 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8021 }
8022 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8023 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8024 }
8025 }
8026
8027 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8028 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8029 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8030 VEC_length (int,
8031 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8032 VEC_address (int,
8033 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8034 }
8035
8036 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8037 catchpoints. */
8038
8039 static int
8040 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8041 {
8042 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8043 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8044 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8045 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8046
8047 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8048 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8049 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8050 else
8051 {
8052 int i, iter;
8053
8054 for (i = 0;
8055 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8056 i++)
8057 {
8058 int elem;
8059 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8060 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8061 continue;
8062 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8063 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8064 }
8065 }
8066
8067 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8068 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8069 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8070 VEC_length (int,
8071 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8072 VEC_address (int,
8073 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8074 }
8075
8076 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8077 catchpoints. */
8078
8079 static int
8080 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8081 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8082 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8083 {
8084 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8085 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8086 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8087 int syscall_number = 0;
8088 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8089 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8090
8091 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8092 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8093 return 0;
8094
8095 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8096
8097 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8098 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8099 {
8100 int i, iter;
8101
8102 for (i = 0;
8103 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8104 i++)
8105 if (syscall_number == iter)
8106 break;
8107 /* Not the same. */
8108 if (!iter)
8109 return 0;
8110 }
8111
8112 return 1;
8113 }
8114
8115 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8116 catchpoints. */
8117
8118 static enum print_stop_action
8119 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8120 {
8121 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8122 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8123 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8124 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8125 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8126 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8127 ptid_t ptid;
8128 struct target_waitstatus last;
8129 struct syscall s;
8130
8131 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8132
8133 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8134
8135 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8136
8137 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8138 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8139 else
8140 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8141 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8142 {
8143 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8144 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8145 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8146 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8147 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8148 }
8149 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8150
8151 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8152 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8153 else
8154 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8155
8156 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8157 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8158 if (s.name != NULL)
8159 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8160
8161 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8162
8163 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8164 }
8165
8166 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8167 catchpoints. */
8168
8169 static void
8170 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8171 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8172 {
8173 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8174 struct value_print_options opts;
8175 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8176
8177 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8178 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8179 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8180 readable). */
8181 if (opts.addressprint)
8182 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8183 annotate_field (5);
8184
8185 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8186 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8187 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8188 else
8189 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8190
8191 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8192 {
8193 int i, iter;
8194 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8195
8196 for (i = 0;
8197 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8198 i++)
8199 {
8200 char *x = text;
8201 struct syscall s;
8202 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8203
8204 if (s.name != NULL)
8205 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8206 else
8207 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8208
8209 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8210 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8211 on every call. */
8212 xfree (x);
8213 }
8214 /* Remove the last comma. */
8215 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8216 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8217 }
8218 else
8219 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8220 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8221 }
8222
8223 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8224 catchpoints. */
8225
8226 static void
8227 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8228 {
8229 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8230
8231 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8232 {
8233 int i, iter;
8234
8235 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8236 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8237 else
8238 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8239
8240 for (i = 0;
8241 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8242 i++)
8243 {
8244 struct syscall s;
8245 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8246
8247 if (s.name)
8248 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8249 else
8250 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8251 }
8252 printf_filtered (")");
8253 }
8254 else
8255 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8256 b->number);
8257 }
8258
8259 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8260 catchpoints. */
8261
8262 static void
8263 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8264 {
8265 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8266
8267 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8268
8269 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8270 {
8271 int i, iter;
8272
8273 for (i = 0;
8274 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8275 i++)
8276 {
8277 struct syscall s;
8278
8279 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8280 if (s.name)
8281 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8282 else
8283 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8284 }
8285 }
8286 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8287 }
8288
8289 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8290
8291 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8292
8293 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8294
8295 static int
8296 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8297 {
8298 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8299 }
8300
8301 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8302 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8303 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8304 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8305
8306 static void
8307 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8308 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8309 char *cond_string,
8310 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8311 {
8312 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8313
8314 init_sal (&sal);
8315 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8316
8317 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8318
8319 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8320 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8321 }
8322
8323 void
8324 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8325 {
8326 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8327 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8328 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8329 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8330 if (!internal)
8331 mention (b);
8332 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8333
8334 if (update_gll)
8335 update_global_location_list (1);
8336 }
8337
8338 static void
8339 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8340 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8341 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8342 {
8343 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8344
8345 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8346
8347 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8348
8349 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8350 }
8351
8352 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8353
8354 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8355 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8356 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8357 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8358 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8359
8360 struct exec_catchpoint
8361 {
8362 /* The base class. */
8363 struct breakpoint base;
8364
8365 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8366 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8367 triggered. */
8368 char *exec_pathname;
8369 };
8370
8371 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8372 catchpoints. */
8373
8374 static void
8375 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8376 {
8377 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8378
8379 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8380
8381 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8382 }
8383
8384 static int
8385 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8386 {
8387 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8388 }
8389
8390 static int
8391 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8392 {
8393 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8394 }
8395
8396 static int
8397 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8398 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8399 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8400 {
8401 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8402
8403 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8404 return 0;
8405
8406 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8407 return 1;
8408 }
8409
8410 static enum print_stop_action
8411 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8412 {
8413 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8414 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8415 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8416
8417 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8418 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8419 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8420 else
8421 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8422 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8423 {
8424 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8425 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8426 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8427 }
8428 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8429 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8430 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8431 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8432
8433 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8434 }
8435
8436 static void
8437 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8438 {
8439 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8440 struct value_print_options opts;
8441 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8442
8443 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8444
8445 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8446 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8447 is relatively readable). */
8448 if (opts.addressprint)
8449 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8450 annotate_field (5);
8451 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8452 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8453 {
8454 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8455 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8456 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8457 }
8458 }
8459
8460 static void
8461 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8462 {
8463 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8464 }
8465
8466 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8467 catchpoints. */
8468
8469 static void
8470 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8471 {
8472 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8473 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8474 }
8475
8476 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8477
8478 static void
8479 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8480 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8481 {
8482 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8483 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8484
8485 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8486 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8487 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8488
8489 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8490 }
8491
8492 static int
8493 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8494 {
8495 int i = 0;
8496 struct breakpoint *b;
8497 struct bp_location *bl;
8498
8499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8500 {
8501 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8502 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8503 {
8504 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8505 one register. */
8506 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8507 }
8508 }
8509
8510 return i;
8511 }
8512
8513 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8514 watchpoint. */
8515
8516 static int
8517 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8518 {
8519 int i = 0;
8520 struct bp_location *bl;
8521
8522 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8523 return 0;
8524
8525 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8526 {
8527 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8528 one register. */
8529 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8530 }
8531
8532 return i;
8533 }
8534
8535 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8536 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8537 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8538 types _not_ TYPE. */
8539
8540 static int
8541 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8542 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8543 {
8544 int i = 0;
8545 struct breakpoint *b;
8546
8547 *other_type_used = 0;
8548 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8549 {
8550 if (b == except)
8551 continue;
8552 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8553 continue;
8554
8555 if (b->type == type)
8556 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8557 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8558 *other_type_used = 1;
8559 }
8560
8561 return i;
8562 }
8563
8564 void
8565 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8566 {
8567 struct breakpoint *b;
8568
8569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8570 {
8571 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8572 {
8573 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8574 update_global_location_list (0);
8575 }
8576 }
8577 }
8578
8579 void
8580 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8581 {
8582 struct breakpoint *b;
8583
8584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8585 {
8586 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8587 {
8588 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8589 update_global_location_list (1);
8590 }
8591 }
8592 }
8593
8594 void
8595 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8596 {
8597 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8598 update_global_location_list (0);
8599 }
8600
8601 void
8602 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8603 {
8604 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8605 breakpoint_re_set ();
8606 }
8607
8608
8609 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8610 at address specified by SAL.
8611 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8612
8613 struct breakpoint *
8614 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8615 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8616 {
8617 struct breakpoint *b;
8618
8619 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8620 tail-called one. */
8621 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8622
8623 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8624 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8625 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8626 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8627
8628 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8629 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8630 control. */
8631 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8632 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8633
8634 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8635
8636 return b;
8637 }
8638
8639 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8640 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8641 breakpoint_ops. */
8642
8643 static struct breakpoint *
8644 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8645 enum bptype type,
8646 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8647 {
8648 struct breakpoint *copy;
8649
8650 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8651 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8652 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8653
8654 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8655 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8656 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8657 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8658 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8659 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8660
8661 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8662 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8663
8664 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8665 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8666 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8667 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8668
8669 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8670 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8671 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8672
8673 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8674 return copy;
8675 }
8676
8677 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8678 ORIG is NULL. */
8679
8680 struct breakpoint *
8681 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8682 {
8683 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8684 if (orig == NULL)
8685 return NULL;
8686
8687 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8688 }
8689
8690 struct breakpoint *
8691 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8692 enum bptype type)
8693 {
8694 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8695
8696 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8697 sal.pc = pc;
8698 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8699 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8700
8701 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8702 }
8703 \f
8704
8705 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8706
8707 static void
8708 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8709 {
8710 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8711 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8712 return;
8713 printf_filtered ("\n");
8714 }
8715 \f
8716
8717 static struct bp_location *
8718 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8719 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8720 {
8721 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8722 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8723 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8724
8725 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8726 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8727
8728 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8729 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8730 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8731 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8732 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8733 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8734 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8735 sal->pc, b->type);
8736
8737 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8738 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8739 ;
8740 *tmp = loc;
8741
8742 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8743 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8744 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8745 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8746 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8747 loc->section = sal->section;
8748 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8749
8750 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8751 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8752 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8753
8754 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8755 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8756 return loc;
8757 }
8758 \f
8759
8760 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8761 return 0 otherwise. */
8762
8763 static int
8764 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8765 {
8766 int len;
8767 CORE_ADDR addr;
8768 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8769 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8770 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8771 int retval = 0;
8772
8773 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8774
8775 addr = loc->address;
8776 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8777
8778 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8779 if (bpoint == NULL)
8780 return 0;
8781
8782 target_mem = alloca (len);
8783
8784 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8785 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8786 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8787 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8788
8789 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8790 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8791
8792 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8793 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8794 retval = 1;
8795
8796 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8797
8798 return retval;
8799 }
8800
8801 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8802 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8803
8804 static void
8805 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8806 {
8807 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8808 char *printf_line = NULL;
8809
8810 if (!dprintf_args)
8811 return;
8812
8813 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8814
8815 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8816 insist on it. */
8817 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8818 ++dprintf_args;
8819 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8820
8821 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8822 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8823
8824 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8825 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8826 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8827 {
8828 if (!dprintf_function)
8829 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8830
8831 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8832 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8833 dprintf_function,
8834 dprintf_channel,
8835 dprintf_args);
8836 else
8837 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8838 dprintf_function,
8839 dprintf_args);
8840 }
8841 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8842 {
8843 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8844 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8845 else
8846 {
8847 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8848 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8849 }
8850 }
8851 else
8852 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8853 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8854
8855 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8856 if (printf_line)
8857 {
8858 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8859
8860 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8861 {
8862 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8863 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8864 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8865 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8866 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8867 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8868 }
8869
8870 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8871 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8872 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8873 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8874 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8875 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8876
8877 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8878 }
8879 }
8880
8881 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8882 current style settings. */
8883
8884 static void
8885 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8886 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8887 {
8888 struct breakpoint *b;
8889
8890 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8891 {
8892 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8893 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8894 }
8895 }
8896
8897 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8898 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8899 as condition expression. */
8900
8901 static void
8902 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8903 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8904 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8905 char *extra_string,
8906 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8907 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8908 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8909 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8910 int display_canonical)
8911 {
8912 int i;
8913
8914 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8915 {
8916 int target_resources_ok;
8917
8918 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8919 target_resources_ok =
8920 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8921 i + 1, 0);
8922 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8923 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8924 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8925 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8926 }
8927
8928 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8929
8930 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8931 {
8932 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8933 struct bp_location *loc;
8934
8935 if (from_tty)
8936 {
8937 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8938 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8939 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8940
8941 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8942 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8943 }
8944
8945 if (i == 0)
8946 {
8947 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8948 b->thread = thread;
8949 b->task = task;
8950
8951 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8952 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8953 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8954 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8955 b->disposition = disposition;
8956
8957 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8958 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8959
8960 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8961 {
8962 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8963 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8964
8965 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8966 {
8967 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8968 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8969 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8970 char *endp;
8971 char *marker_str;
8972
8973 p = skip_spaces (p);
8974
8975 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8976
8977 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8978 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8979
8980 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8981 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8982 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8983 }
8984 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8985 {
8986 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8987 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8988
8989 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8990 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8991 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8992 }
8993 else
8994 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8995 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8996 }
8997
8998 loc = b->loc;
8999 }
9000 else
9001 {
9002 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9003 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9004 loc->inserted = 1;
9005 }
9006
9007 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9008 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9009
9010 if (b->cond_string)
9011 {
9012 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9013 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9014 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9015 if (*arg)
9016 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9017 }
9018
9019 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9020 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9021 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9022 {
9023 if (b->extra_string)
9024 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9025 else
9026 error (_("Format string required"));
9027 }
9028 else if (b->extra_string)
9029 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9030 }
9031
9032 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9033 if (addr_string)
9034 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9035 else
9036 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9037 me. */
9038 b->addr_string
9039 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9040 b->filter = filter;
9041 }
9042
9043 static void
9044 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9045 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9046 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9047 char *extra_string,
9048 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9049 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9050 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9051 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9052 int display_canonical)
9053 {
9054 struct breakpoint *b;
9055 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9056
9057 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9058 {
9059 struct tracepoint *t;
9060
9061 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9062 b = &t->base;
9063 }
9064 else
9065 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9066
9067 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9068
9069 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9070 sals, addr_string,
9071 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9072 type, disposition,
9073 thread, task, ignore_count,
9074 ops, from_tty,
9075 enabled, internal, flags,
9076 display_canonical);
9077 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9078
9079 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9080 }
9081
9082 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9083 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9084 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9085 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9086 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9087 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9088 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9089 we take just a single condition string.
9090
9091 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9092 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9093 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9094 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9095 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9096
9097 static void
9098 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9099 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9100 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9101 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9102 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9103 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9104 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9105 {
9106 int i;
9107 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9108
9109 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9110 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9111
9112 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9113 {
9114 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9115 'break', without arguments. */
9116 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9117 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9118 : NULL);
9119 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9120 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9121
9122 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9123 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9124 addr_string,
9125 filter_string,
9126 cond_string, extra_string,
9127 type, disposition,
9128 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9129 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9130 canonical->special_display);
9131 discard_cleanups (inner);
9132 }
9133 }
9134
9135 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9136 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9137 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9138 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9139
9140 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9141 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9142
9143 static void
9144 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9145 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9146 {
9147 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9148 breakpoint. */
9149 if ((*address) == NULL
9150 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9151 {
9152 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9153 address. */
9154 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9155 {
9156 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9157 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9158 CORE_ADDR pc;
9159
9160 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9161 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9162 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9163
9164 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9165 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9166 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9167 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9168 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9169 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9170 pc = sal.pc;
9171 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9172
9173 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9174 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9175 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9176 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9177 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9178 sal.pc = pc;
9179 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9180
9181 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9182 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9183 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9184
9185 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9186 }
9187 else
9188 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9189 }
9190 else
9191 {
9192 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9193
9194 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9195 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9196 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9197 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9198
9199 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9200 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9201 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9202 && (!cursal.symtab
9203 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9204 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9205 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9206 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9207 get_last_displayed_line (),
9208 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9209 else
9210 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9211 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9212 }
9213 }
9214
9215
9216 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9217 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9218
9219 static void
9220 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9221 {
9222 int i;
9223
9224 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9225 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9226 }
9227
9228 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9229 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9230 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9231 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9232 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9233 it, etc. */
9234
9235 static void
9236 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9237 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9238 {
9239 int i, rslt;
9240 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9241 char *msg;
9242 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9243
9244 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9245 {
9246 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9247
9248 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9249
9250 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9251 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9252 associated with SAL. */
9253 if (sarch == NULL)
9254 sarch = gdbarch;
9255 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9256 NULL, &msg);
9257 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9258
9259 if (!rslt)
9260 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9261 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9262
9263 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9264 }
9265 }
9266
9267 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9268
9269 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9270 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9271 {
9272 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9273 }
9274
9275 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9276 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9277 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9278 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9279 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9280 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9281
9282 static void
9283 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9284 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9285 char **rest)
9286 {
9287 *cond_string = NULL;
9288 *thread = -1;
9289 *task = 0;
9290 *rest = NULL;
9291
9292 while (tok && *tok)
9293 {
9294 char *end_tok;
9295 int toklen;
9296 char *cond_start = NULL;
9297 char *cond_end = NULL;
9298
9299 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9300
9301 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9302 {
9303 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9304 return;
9305 }
9306
9307 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9308
9309 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9310
9311 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9312 {
9313 struct expression *expr;
9314
9315 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9316 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9317 xfree (expr);
9318 cond_end = tok;
9319 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9320 }
9321 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9322 {
9323 char *tmptok;
9324
9325 tok = end_tok + 1;
9326 tmptok = tok;
9327 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9328 if (tok == tmptok)
9329 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9330 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9331 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9332 }
9333 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9334 {
9335 char *tmptok;
9336
9337 tok = end_tok + 1;
9338 tmptok = tok;
9339 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9340 if (tok == tmptok)
9341 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9342 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9343 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9344 }
9345 else if (rest)
9346 {
9347 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9348 return;
9349 }
9350 else
9351 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9352 }
9353 }
9354
9355 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9356
9357 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9358 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9359 {
9360 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9361 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9362 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9363 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9364 char *endp;
9365 char *marker_str;
9366 int i;
9367
9368 p = skip_spaces (p);
9369
9370 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9371
9372 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9373 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9374
9375 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9376 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9377 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9378
9379 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9380 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9381
9382 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9383 {
9384 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9385
9386 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9387
9388 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9389
9390 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9391 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9392
9393 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9394 }
9395
9396 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9397
9398 *arg_p = endp;
9399 return sals;
9400 }
9401
9402 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9403 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9404 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9405 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9406 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9407 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9408 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9409 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9410 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9411 false otherwise. */
9412
9413 int
9414 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9415 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9416 int thread, char *extra_string,
9417 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9418 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9419 int ignore_count,
9420 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9421 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9422 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9423 unsigned flags)
9424 {
9425 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9426 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9427 char *addr_start = arg;
9428 struct linespec_result canonical;
9429 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9430 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9431 int pending = 0;
9432 int task = 0;
9433 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9434
9435 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9436
9437 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9438
9439 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9440 {
9441 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9442 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9443 }
9444
9445 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9446 switch (e.reason)
9447 {
9448 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9449 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9450 return 0;
9451 break;
9452 case RETURN_ERROR:
9453 switch (e.error)
9454 {
9455 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9456
9457 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9458 error. */
9459
9460 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9461 throw_exception (e);
9462
9463 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9464
9465 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9466 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9467 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9468 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9469 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9470 return 0;
9471
9472 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9473 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9474 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9475 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9476 {
9477 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9478
9479 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9480 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9481 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9482 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9483 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9484 pending = 1;
9485 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9486 }
9487 break;
9488 default:
9489 throw_exception (e);
9490 }
9491 break;
9492 default:
9493 throw_exception (e);
9494 }
9495
9496 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9497 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9498
9499 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9500 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9501 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9502 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9503 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9504
9505 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9506 are ok for the target. */
9507 if (!pending)
9508 {
9509 int ix;
9510 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9511
9512 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9513 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9514 }
9515
9516 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9517 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9518 {
9519 int ix;
9520 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9521
9522 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9523 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9524 }
9525
9526 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9527 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9528 breakpoint. */
9529 if (!pending)
9530 {
9531 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9532
9533 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9534
9535 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9536 {
9537 char *rest;
9538 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9539 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9540 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9541 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9542
9543 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9544 &thread, &task, &rest);
9545 if (cond_string)
9546 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9547 if (rest)
9548 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9549 if (rest)
9550 extra_string = rest;
9551 }
9552 else
9553 {
9554 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9555 if (cond_string)
9556 {
9557 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9558 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9559 }
9560 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9561 if (extra_string)
9562 {
9563 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9564 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9565 }
9566 }
9567
9568 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9569 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9570 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9571 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9572 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9573 }
9574 else
9575 {
9576 struct breakpoint *b;
9577
9578 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9579
9580 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9581 {
9582 struct tracepoint *t;
9583
9584 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9585 b = &t->base;
9586 }
9587 else
9588 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9589
9590 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9591
9592 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9593 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9594 b->cond_string = NULL;
9595 else
9596 {
9597 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9598 if (cond_string)
9599 {
9600 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9601 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9602 }
9603 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9604 }
9605 b->extra_string = NULL;
9606 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9607 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9608 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9609 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9610 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9611 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9612 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9613
9614 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9615 }
9616
9617 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9618 {
9619 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9620 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9621 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9622 }
9623
9624 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9625 breakpoint. */
9626 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9627 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9628 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9629
9630 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9631 update_global_location_list (1);
9632
9633 return 1;
9634 }
9635
9636 /* Set a breakpoint.
9637 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9638 condition, and thread.
9639 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9640 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9641 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9642
9643 static void
9644 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9645 {
9646 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9647 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9648 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9649 : bp_breakpoint);
9650 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9651 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9652
9653 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9654 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9655 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9656 else
9657 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9658
9659 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9660 arg,
9661 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9662 tempflag, type_wanted,
9663 0 /* Ignore count */,
9664 pending_break_support,
9665 ops,
9666 from_tty,
9667 1 /* enabled */,
9668 0 /* internal */,
9669 0);
9670 }
9671
9672 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9673
9674 void
9675 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9676 {
9677 CORE_ADDR pc;
9678
9679 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9680 {
9681 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9682 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9683 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9684 sal->pc = pc;
9685
9686 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9687 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9688 if (sal->explicit_line)
9689 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9690 }
9691
9692 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9693 {
9694 struct blockvector *bv;
9695 struct block *b;
9696 struct symbol *sym;
9697
9698 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9699 if (bv != NULL)
9700 {
9701 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9702 if (sym != NULL)
9703 {
9704 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9705 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9706 }
9707 else
9708 {
9709 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9710 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9711 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9712 happen in assembly source). */
9713
9714 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9715 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9716
9717 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9718
9719 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9720 if (msym)
9721 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9722
9723 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9724 }
9725 }
9726 }
9727 }
9728
9729 void
9730 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9731 {
9732 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9733 }
9734
9735 void
9736 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9737 {
9738 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9739 }
9740
9741 static void
9742 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9743 {
9744 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9745 }
9746
9747 static void
9748 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9749 {
9750 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9751 }
9752
9753 static void
9754 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9755 {
9756 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9757 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9758 stop at <line>\n"));
9759 }
9760
9761 static void
9762 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9763 {
9764 int badInput = 0;
9765
9766 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9767 badInput = 1;
9768 else if (*arg != '*')
9769 {
9770 char *argptr = arg;
9771 int hasColon = 0;
9772
9773 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9774 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9775 function/method name. */
9776 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9777 {
9778 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9779 argptr++;
9780 }
9781
9782 if (hasColon)
9783 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9784 else
9785 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9786 }
9787
9788 if (badInput)
9789 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9790 else
9791 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9792 }
9793
9794 static void
9795 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9796 {
9797 int badInput = 0;
9798
9799 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9800 badInput = 1;
9801 else
9802 {
9803 char *argptr = arg;
9804 int hasColon = 0;
9805
9806 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9807 it is probably a line number. */
9808 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9809 {
9810 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9811 argptr++;
9812 }
9813
9814 if (hasColon)
9815 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9816 else
9817 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9818 }
9819
9820 if (badInput)
9821 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9822 else
9823 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9824 }
9825
9826 void dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
9827
9828 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9829 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9830 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9831 line. */
9832
9833 void
9834 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9835 {
9836 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9837 arg,
9838 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9839 0, bp_dprintf,
9840 0 /* Ignore count */,
9841 pending_break_support,
9842 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9843 from_tty,
9844 1 /* enabled */,
9845 0 /* internal */,
9846 0);
9847 }
9848
9849 static void
9850 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9851 {
9852 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9853 }
9854
9855 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9856 ranged breakpoints. */
9857
9858 static int
9859 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9860 struct address_space *aspace,
9861 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9862 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9863 {
9864 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9865 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9866 return 0;
9867
9868 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9869 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9870 }
9871
9872 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9873 ranged breakpoints. */
9874
9875 static int
9876 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9877 {
9878 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9879 }
9880
9881 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9882 ranged breakpoints. */
9883
9884 static enum print_stop_action
9885 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9886 {
9887 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9888 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9889 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9890
9891 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9892
9893 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9894 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9895
9896 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9897 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9898 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9899 else
9900 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9901 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9902 {
9903 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9904 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9905 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9906 }
9907 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9908 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9909
9910 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9911 }
9912
9913 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9914 ranged breakpoints. */
9915
9916 static void
9917 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9918 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9919 {
9920 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9921 struct value_print_options opts;
9922 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9923
9924 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9925 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9926
9927 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9928
9929 if (opts.addressprint)
9930 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9931 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9932 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9933 annotate_field (5);
9934 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9935 *last_loc = bl;
9936 }
9937
9938 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9939 ranged breakpoints. */
9940
9941 static void
9942 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9943 struct ui_out *uiout)
9944 {
9945 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9946 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9947 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9948 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9949
9950 gdb_assert (bl);
9951
9952 address_start = bl->address;
9953 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9954
9955 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9956 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9957 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9958 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9959 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9960 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9961
9962 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9963 }
9964
9965 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9966 ranged breakpoints. */
9967
9968 static void
9969 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9970 {
9971 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9972 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9973
9974 gdb_assert (bl);
9975 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9976
9977 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9978 return;
9979
9980 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9981 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9982 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9983 }
9984
9985 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9986 ranged breakpoints. */
9987
9988 static void
9989 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9990 {
9991 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9992 b->addr_string_range_end);
9993 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9994 }
9995
9996 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9997
9998 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9999
10000 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10001 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10002 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10003 last instruction of the given line. */
10004
10005 static CORE_ADDR
10006 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10007 {
10008 CORE_ADDR end;
10009
10010 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10011 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10012 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10013 end = sal.pc;
10014 else
10015 {
10016 int ret;
10017 CORE_ADDR start;
10018
10019 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10020 if (!ret)
10021 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10022
10023 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10024 end--;
10025 }
10026
10027 return end;
10028 }
10029
10030 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10031
10032 static void
10033 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10034 {
10035 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10036 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10037 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10038 CORE_ADDR end;
10039 struct breakpoint *b;
10040 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10041 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10042 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10043
10044 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10045 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10046 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10047
10048 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10049 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10050 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10051 bp_count, 0);
10052 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10053 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10054
10055 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10056 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10057 error(_("No address range specified."));
10058
10059 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10060
10061 arg_start = arg;
10062 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10063
10064 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10065
10066 if (arg[0] != ',')
10067 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10068 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10069 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10070
10071 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10072
10073 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10074 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10075 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10076
10077 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10078 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10079 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10080
10081 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10082 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10083
10084 /* Parse the end location. */
10085
10086 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10087 arg_start = arg;
10088
10089 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10090 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10091 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10092 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10093 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10094 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10095 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10096 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10097
10098 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10099
10100 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10101 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10102
10103 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10104 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10105 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10106 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10107
10108 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10109 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10110 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10111
10112 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10113 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10114 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10115
10116 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10117 if (length < 0)
10118 /* Length overflowed. */
10119 error (_("Address range too large."));
10120 else if (length == 1)
10121 {
10122 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10123 the `hbreak' command. */
10124 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10125
10126 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10127
10128 return;
10129 }
10130
10131 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10132 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10133 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10134 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10135 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10136 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10137 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10138 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10139 b->loc->length = length;
10140
10141 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10142
10143 mention (b);
10144 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10145 update_global_location_list (1);
10146 }
10147
10148 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10149 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10150 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10151 zero. */
10152
10153 static int
10154 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10155 {
10156 int i = exp->nelts;
10157
10158 while (i > 0)
10159 {
10160 int oplenp, argsp;
10161
10162 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10163 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10164 i -= oplenp;
10165
10166 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10167 {
10168 case BINOP_ADD:
10169 case BINOP_SUB:
10170 case BINOP_MUL:
10171 case BINOP_DIV:
10172 case BINOP_REM:
10173 case BINOP_MOD:
10174 case BINOP_LSH:
10175 case BINOP_RSH:
10176 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10177 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10178 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10179 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10180 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10181 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10182 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10183 case BINOP_LESS:
10184 case BINOP_GTR:
10185 case BINOP_LEQ:
10186 case BINOP_GEQ:
10187 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10188 case BINOP_COMMA:
10189 case BINOP_EXP:
10190 case BINOP_MIN:
10191 case BINOP_MAX:
10192 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10193 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10194 case BINOP_IN:
10195 case BINOP_RANGE:
10196 case TERNOP_COND:
10197 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10198
10199 case OP_LONG:
10200 case OP_DOUBLE:
10201 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10202 case OP_LAST:
10203 case OP_COMPLEX:
10204 case OP_STRING:
10205 case OP_ARRAY:
10206 case OP_TYPE:
10207 case OP_TYPEOF:
10208 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10209 case OP_NAME:
10210 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10211
10212 case UNOP_NEG:
10213 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10214 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10215 case UNOP_ADDR:
10216 case UNOP_HIGH:
10217 case UNOP_CAST:
10218
10219 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10220 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10221 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10222 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10223 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10224 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10225 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10226
10227 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10228 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10229 ADDR is. */
10230 break;
10231
10232 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10233 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10234
10235 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10236 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10237 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10238 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10239
10240 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10241 are always constant. */
10242 {
10243 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10244
10245 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10246 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10247 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10248 return 0;
10249 break;
10250 }
10251
10252 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10253 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10254 then it is not a constant. */
10255 default:
10256 return 0;
10257 }
10258 }
10259
10260 return 1;
10261 }
10262
10263 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10264
10265 static void
10266 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10267 {
10268 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10269
10270 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10271 xfree (w->exp);
10272 xfree (w->exp_string);
10273 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10274 value_free (w->val);
10275
10276 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10277 }
10278
10279 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10280
10281 static void
10282 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10283 {
10284 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10285
10286 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10287 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10288
10289 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10290 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10291 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10292 are loaded and unloaded.
10293
10294 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10295 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10296 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10297 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10298 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10299 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10300
10301 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10302 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10303 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10304 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10305
10306 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10307 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10308
10309 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10310 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10311 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10312 }
10313
10314 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10315
10316 static int
10317 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10318 {
10319 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10320 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10321
10322 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10323 w->cond_exp);
10324 }
10325
10326 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10327
10328 static int
10329 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10330 {
10331 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10332 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10333
10334 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10335 w->cond_exp);
10336 }
10337
10338 static int
10339 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10340 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10341 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10342 {
10343 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10344 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10345
10346 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10347 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10348 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10349 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10350 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10351 (did not match the data address). */
10352 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10353 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10354 return 0;
10355
10356 return 1;
10357 }
10358
10359 static void
10360 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10361 {
10362 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10363
10364 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10365 }
10366
10367 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10368 hardware watchpoints. */
10369
10370 static int
10371 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10372 {
10373 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10374 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10375
10376 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10377 }
10378
10379 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10380 hardware watchpoints. */
10381
10382 static int
10383 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10384 {
10385 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10386 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10387 }
10388
10389 static enum print_stop_action
10390 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10391 {
10392 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10393 struct breakpoint *b;
10394 const struct bp_location *bl;
10395 struct ui_file *stb;
10396 enum print_stop_action result;
10397 struct watchpoint *w;
10398 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10399
10400 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10401
10402 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10403 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10404 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10405
10406 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10407 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10408
10409 switch (b->type)
10410 {
10411 case bp_watchpoint:
10412 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10413 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10414 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10415 ui_out_field_string
10416 (uiout, "reason",
10417 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10418 mention (b);
10419 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10420 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10421 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10422 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10423 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10424 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10425 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10427 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10428 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10429 break;
10430
10431 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10432 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10433 ui_out_field_string
10434 (uiout, "reason",
10435 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10436 mention (b);
10437 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10438 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10439 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10440 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10441 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10442 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10443 break;
10444
10445 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10446 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10447 {
10448 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10449 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10450 ui_out_field_string
10451 (uiout, "reason",
10452 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10453 mention (b);
10454 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10455 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10456 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10457 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10458 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10459 }
10460 else
10461 {
10462 mention (b);
10463 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10464 ui_out_field_string
10465 (uiout, "reason",
10466 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10467 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10468 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10469 }
10470 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10471 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10472 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10473 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10474 break;
10475 default:
10476 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10477 }
10478
10479 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10480 return result;
10481 }
10482
10483 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10484 watchpoints. */
10485
10486 static void
10487 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10488 {
10489 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10490 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10491 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10492
10493 switch (b->type)
10494 {
10495 case bp_watchpoint:
10496 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10497 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10498 break;
10499 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10500 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10501 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10502 break;
10503 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10504 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10505 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10506 break;
10507 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10508 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10509 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10510 break;
10511 default:
10512 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10513 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10514 }
10515
10516 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10517 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10518 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10519 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10520 }
10521
10522 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10523 watchpoints. */
10524
10525 static void
10526 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10527 {
10528 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10529
10530 switch (b->type)
10531 {
10532 case bp_watchpoint:
10533 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10534 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10535 break;
10536 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10537 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10538 break;
10539 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10540 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10541 break;
10542 default:
10543 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10544 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10545 }
10546
10547 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10548 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10549 }
10550
10551 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10552
10553 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10554
10555 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10556 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10557
10558 static int
10559 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10560 {
10561 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10562
10563 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10564 bl->watchpoint_type);
10565 }
10566
10567 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10568 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10569
10570 static int
10571 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10572 {
10573 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10574
10575 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10576 bl->watchpoint_type);
10577 }
10578
10579 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10580 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10581
10582 static int
10583 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10584 {
10585 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10586
10587 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10588 }
10589
10590 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10591 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10592
10593 static int
10594 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10595 {
10596 return 0;
10597 }
10598
10599 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10600 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10601
10602 static enum print_stop_action
10603 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10604 {
10605 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10606 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10607
10608 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10609 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10610
10611 switch (b->type)
10612 {
10613 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10614 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10615 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10616 ui_out_field_string
10617 (uiout, "reason",
10618 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10619 break;
10620
10621 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10622 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10623 ui_out_field_string
10624 (uiout, "reason",
10625 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10626 break;
10627
10628 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10629 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10630 ui_out_field_string
10631 (uiout, "reason",
10632 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10633 break;
10634 default:
10635 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10636 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10637 }
10638
10639 mention (b);
10640 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10641 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10642 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10643 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10644
10645 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10646 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10647 }
10648
10649 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10650 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10651
10652 static void
10653 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10654 struct ui_out *uiout)
10655 {
10656 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10657
10658 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10659 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10660
10661 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10662 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10663 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10664 }
10665
10666 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10667 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10668
10669 static void
10670 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10671 {
10672 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10673 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10674 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10675
10676 switch (b->type)
10677 {
10678 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10679 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10680 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10681 break;
10682 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10683 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10684 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10685 break;
10686 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10687 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10688 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10689 break;
10690 default:
10691 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10692 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10693 }
10694
10695 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10696 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10698 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10699 }
10700
10701 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10702 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10703
10704 static void
10705 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10706 {
10707 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10708 char tmp[40];
10709
10710 switch (b->type)
10711 {
10712 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10713 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10714 break;
10715 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10716 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10717 break;
10718 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10719 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10720 break;
10721 default:
10722 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10723 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10724 }
10725
10726 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10727 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10728 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10729 }
10730
10731 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10732
10733 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10734
10735 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10736
10737 static int
10738 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10739 {
10740 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10741 }
10742
10743 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10744 hw_read: watch read,
10745 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10746 static void
10747 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10748 int just_location, int internal)
10749 {
10750 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10751 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10752 struct expression *exp;
10753 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10754 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10755 struct frame_info *frame;
10756 char *exp_start = NULL;
10757 char *exp_end = NULL;
10758 char *tok, *end_tok;
10759 int toklen = -1;
10760 char *cond_start = NULL;
10761 char *cond_end = NULL;
10762 enum bptype bp_type;
10763 int thread = -1;
10764 int pc = 0;
10765 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10766 the hardware watchpoint. */
10767 int use_mask = 0;
10768 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10769 struct watchpoint *w;
10770
10771 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10772 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10773 {
10774 char *value_start;
10775
10776 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10777 of the arguments string. */
10778 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10779 {
10780 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10781 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10782 tok--;
10783
10784 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10785 This is the value of the parameter. */
10786 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10787 tok--;
10788 value_start = tok + 1;
10789
10790 /* Skip whitespace. */
10791 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10792 tok--;
10793
10794 end_tok = tok;
10795
10796 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10797 This is the parameter itself. */
10798 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10799 tok--;
10800 tok++;
10801 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10802
10803 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10804 {
10805 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10806 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10807 only in a specific thread. */
10808 char *endp;
10809
10810 if (thread != -1)
10811 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10812
10813 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10814 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10815
10816 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10817 thread ID. */
10818 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10819 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10820
10821 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10822 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10823 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10824 }
10825 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10826 {
10827 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10828 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10829 facility. */
10830 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10831
10832 if (use_mask)
10833 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10834
10835 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10836
10837 mark = value_mark ();
10838 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10839 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10840 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10841 }
10842 else
10843 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10844 break;
10845
10846 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10847 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10848 *tok = '\0';
10849 }
10850 }
10851
10852 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10853 innermost_block = NULL;
10854 exp_start = arg;
10855 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10856 exp_end = arg;
10857 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10858 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10859 prettier. */
10860 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10861 --exp_end;
10862
10863 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10864 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10865 {
10866 int len;
10867
10868 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10869 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10870 len--;
10871 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10872 }
10873
10874 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10875 mark = value_mark ();
10876 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10877
10878 if (just_location)
10879 {
10880 int ret;
10881
10882 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10883 val = value_addr (result);
10884 release_value (val);
10885 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10886
10887 if (use_mask)
10888 {
10889 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10890 mask);
10891 if (ret == -1)
10892 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10893 else if (ret == -2)
10894 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10895 }
10896 }
10897 else if (val != NULL)
10898 release_value (val);
10899
10900 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10901 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10902
10903 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10904 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10905 {
10906 struct expression *cond;
10907
10908 innermost_block = NULL;
10909 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10910 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10911
10912 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10913 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10914 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10915
10916 xfree (cond);
10917 cond_end = tok;
10918 }
10919 if (*tok)
10920 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10921
10922 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10923 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10924 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10925 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10926 else
10927 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10928
10929 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10930
10931 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10932 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10933 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10934 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10935 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10936 {
10937 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10938 {
10939 scope_breakpoint
10940 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10941 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10942 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10943 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10944
10945 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10946
10947 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10948 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10949
10950 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10951 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10952
10953 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10954 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10955 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10956 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10957 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10958 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10959 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10960 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10961 scope_breakpoint->type);
10962 }
10963 }
10964
10965 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10966
10967 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10968 b = &w->base;
10969 if (use_mask)
10970 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10971 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10972 else
10973 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10974 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10975 b->thread = thread;
10976 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10977 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10978 w->exp = exp;
10979 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10980 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10981 if (just_location)
10982 {
10983 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10984 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10985 char *name;
10986
10987 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10988 name = type_to_string (t);
10989
10990 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10991 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10992 xfree (name);
10993
10994 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10995 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10996
10997 /* The above expression is in C. */
10998 b->language = language_c;
10999 }
11000 else
11001 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11002
11003 if (use_mask)
11004 {
11005 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11006 }
11007 else
11008 {
11009 w->val = val;
11010 w->val_valid = 1;
11011 }
11012
11013 if (cond_start)
11014 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11015 else
11016 b->cond_string = 0;
11017
11018 if (frame)
11019 {
11020 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11021 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11022 }
11023 else
11024 {
11025 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11026 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11027 }
11028
11029 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11030 {
11031 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11032 need to act on them together. */
11033 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11034 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11035 }
11036
11037 if (!just_location)
11038 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11039
11040 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11041 {
11042 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11043 that should be inserted. */
11044 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11045 }
11046 if (e.reason < 0)
11047 {
11048 delete_breakpoint (b);
11049 throw_exception (e);
11050 }
11051
11052 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11053 }
11054
11055 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11056 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11057
11058 static int
11059 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11060 {
11061 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11062 struct value *head = v;
11063
11064 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11065 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11066 return 0;
11067
11068 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11069 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11070 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11071 hardware watchpoint.
11072
11073 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11074 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11075 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11076 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11077 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11078 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11079 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11080 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11081 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11082
11083 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11084 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11085 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11086 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11087 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11088 {
11089 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11090 {
11091 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11092 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11093 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11094 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11095 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11096 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11097 ;
11098 else
11099 {
11100 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11101 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11102 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11103
11104 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11105 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11106 middle of some value chain. */
11107 if (v == head
11108 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11109 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11110 {
11111 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11112 int len;
11113 int num_regs;
11114
11115 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11116 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11117 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11118
11119 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11120 if (!num_regs)
11121 return 0;
11122 else
11123 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11124 }
11125 }
11126 }
11127 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11128 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11129 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11130 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11131 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11132 }
11133
11134 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11135 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11136 return found_memory_cnt;
11137 }
11138
11139 void
11140 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11141 {
11142 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11143 }
11144
11145 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11146 calls watch_command_1. */
11147
11148 static void
11149 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11150 {
11151 int just_location = 0;
11152
11153 if (arg
11154 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11155 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11156 {
11157 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11158 just_location = 1;
11159 }
11160
11161 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11162 }
11163
11164 static void
11165 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11166 {
11167 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11168 }
11169
11170 void
11171 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11172 {
11173 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11174 }
11175
11176 static void
11177 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11178 {
11179 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11180 }
11181
11182 void
11183 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11184 {
11185 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11186 }
11187
11188 static void
11189 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11190 {
11191 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11192 }
11193 \f
11194
11195 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11196 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11197
11198 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11199 {
11200 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11201 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11202 int thread_num;
11203 };
11204
11205 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11206 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11207 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11208 command. */
11209 static void
11210 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11211 {
11212 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11213
11214 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11215 if (a->breakpoint2)
11216 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11217 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11218 }
11219
11220 void
11221 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11222 {
11223 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11224 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11225 struct frame_info *frame;
11226 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11227 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11228 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11229 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11230 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11231 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11232 int thread;
11233 struct thread_info *tp;
11234
11235 clear_proceed_status ();
11236
11237 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11238 this function. */
11239
11240 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11241 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11242 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11243 get_last_displayed_line ());
11244 else
11245 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11246 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11247
11248 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11249 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11250
11251 sal = sals.sals[0];
11252 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11253
11254 if (*arg)
11255 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11256
11257 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11258
11259 tp = inferior_thread ();
11260 thread = tp->num;
11261
11262 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11263
11264 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11265 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11266 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11267 that. */
11268
11269 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11270 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11271 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11272 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11273
11274 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11275 one. */
11276
11277 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11278 {
11279 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11280
11281 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11282 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11283 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11284 sal2,
11285 caller_frame_id,
11286 bp_until);
11287 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11288
11289 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11290 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11291 }
11292
11293 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11294 frame = NULL;
11295
11296 if (anywhere)
11297 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11298 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11299 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11300 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11301 else
11302 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11303 only at the very same frame. */
11304 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11305 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11306 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11307
11308 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11309
11310 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11311 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11312 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11313 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11314
11315 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11316 {
11317 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11318 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11319
11320 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11321 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11322 args->thread_num = thread;
11323
11324 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11325 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11326 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11327 xfree);
11328 }
11329 else
11330 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11331 }
11332
11333 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11334 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11335
11336 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11337 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11338 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11339 if clause in the arg string. */
11340
11341 static char *
11342 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11343 {
11344 char *cond_string;
11345
11346 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11347 return NULL;
11348
11349 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11350 (*arg) += 2;
11351
11352 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11353 condition string. */
11354 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11355 cond_string = *arg;
11356
11357 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11358 string. */
11359 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11360
11361 return cond_string;
11362 }
11363
11364 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11365 process start/exit, etc. */
11366
11367 typedef enum
11368 {
11369 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11370 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11371 }
11372 catch_fork_kind;
11373
11374 static void
11375 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11376 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11377 {
11378 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11379 char *cond_string = NULL;
11380 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11381 int tempflag;
11382
11383 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11384 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11385 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11386
11387 if (!arg)
11388 arg = "";
11389 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11390
11391 /* The allowed syntax is:
11392 catch [v]fork
11393 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11394
11395 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11396 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11397
11398 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11399 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11400
11401 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11402 and enable reporting of such events. */
11403 switch (fork_kind)
11404 {
11405 case catch_fork_temporary:
11406 case catch_fork_permanent:
11407 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11408 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11409 break;
11410 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11411 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11412 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11413 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11414 break;
11415 default:
11416 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11417 break;
11418 }
11419 }
11420
11421 static void
11422 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11423 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11424 {
11425 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11426 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11427 int tempflag;
11428 char *cond_string = NULL;
11429
11430 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11431
11432 if (!arg)
11433 arg = "";
11434 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11435
11436 /* The allowed syntax is:
11437 catch exec
11438 catch exec if <cond>
11439
11440 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11441 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11442
11443 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11444 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11445
11446 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11447 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11448 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11449 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11450
11451 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11452 }
11453
11454 static enum print_stop_action
11455 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11456 {
11457 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11458 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11459 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11460
11461 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11462
11463 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11464 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11465 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11466 b->loc->address,
11467 b->number, 1);
11468 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11469 ui_out_text (uiout,
11470 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11471 : "Catchpoint ");
11472 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11473 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11474 ui_out_text (uiout,
11475 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11476 : " (exception caught), ");
11477 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11478 {
11479 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11480 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11481 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11482 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11483 }
11484 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11485 }
11486
11487 static void
11488 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11489 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11490 {
11491 struct value_print_options opts;
11492 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11493
11494 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11495 if (opts.addressprint)
11496 {
11497 annotate_field (4);
11498 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11499 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11500 else
11501 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11502 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11503 }
11504 annotate_field (5);
11505 if (b->loc)
11506 *last_loc = b->loc;
11507 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11508 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11509 else
11510 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11511 }
11512
11513 static void
11514 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11515 {
11516 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11517 int bp_temp;
11518 int bp_throw;
11519
11520 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11521 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11522 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11523 : _("Catchpoint "));
11524 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11525 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11526 : _(" (catch)"));
11527 }
11528
11529 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11530 catch catchpoints. */
11531
11532 static void
11533 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11534 struct ui_file *fp)
11535 {
11536 int bp_temp;
11537 int bp_throw;
11538
11539 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11540 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11541 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11542 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11543 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11544 }
11545
11546 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11547
11548 static int
11549 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11550 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11551 {
11552 char *trigger_func_name;
11553
11554 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11555 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11556 else
11557 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11558
11559 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11560 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11561 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11562 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11563 0,
11564 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11565 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11566 1 /* enabled */,
11567 0 /* internal */,
11568 0);
11569
11570 return 1;
11571 }
11572
11573 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11574
11575 static void
11576 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11577 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11578 {
11579 char *cond_string = NULL;
11580
11581 if (!arg)
11582 arg = "";
11583 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11584
11585 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11586
11587 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11588 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11589
11590 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11591 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11592 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11593
11594 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11595 return;
11596
11597 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11598 }
11599
11600 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11601
11602 static void
11603 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11604 {
11605 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11606
11607 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11608 }
11609
11610 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11611
11612 static void
11613 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11614 {
11615 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11616
11617 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11618 }
11619
11620 void
11621 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11622 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11623 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11624 char *addr_string,
11625 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11626 int tempflag,
11627 int from_tty)
11628 {
11629 if (from_tty)
11630 {
11631 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11632 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11633 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11634
11635 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11636 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11637 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11638 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11639 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11640 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11641 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11642 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11643 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11644 enough for now, though. */
11645 }
11646
11647 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11648
11649 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11650 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11651 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11652 b->language = language_ada;
11653 }
11654
11655 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11656 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11657 static VEC(int) *
11658 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11659 {
11660 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11661 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11662
11663 while (*arg != '\0')
11664 {
11665 int i, syscall_number;
11666 char *endptr;
11667 char cur_name[128];
11668 struct syscall s;
11669
11670 /* Skip whitespace. */
11671 while (isspace (*arg))
11672 arg++;
11673
11674 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11675 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11676 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11677 arg += i;
11678
11679 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11680 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11681 if (*endptr == '\0')
11682 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11683 else
11684 {
11685 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11686 to a number. */
11687 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11688
11689 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11690 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11691 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11692 syscall number to be caught. */
11693 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11694 }
11695
11696 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11697 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11698 }
11699
11700 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11701 return result;
11702 }
11703
11704 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11705
11706 static void
11707 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11708 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11709 {
11710 int tempflag;
11711 VEC(int) *filter;
11712 struct syscall s;
11713 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11714
11715 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11716 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11717 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11718 this architecture yet."));
11719
11720 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11721
11722 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11723
11724 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11725 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11726 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11727 for his/her architecture. */
11728 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11729
11730 /* The allowed syntax is:
11731 catch syscall
11732 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11733
11734 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11735
11736 if (arg != NULL)
11737 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11738 else
11739 filter = NULL;
11740
11741 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11742 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11743 }
11744
11745 static void
11746 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11747 {
11748 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11749 }
11750 \f
11751
11752 static void
11753 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11754 {
11755 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11756 }
11757
11758 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11759
11760 static int
11761 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11762 {
11763 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11764 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11765 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11766 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11767
11768 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11769 return -1;
11770 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11771 return 1;
11772
11773 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11774 the number 0. */
11775 if (ua < ub)
11776 return -1;
11777 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11778 }
11779
11780 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11781
11782 static void
11783 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11784 {
11785 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11786 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11787 int ix;
11788 int default_match;
11789 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11790 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11791 int i;
11792 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11793
11794 if (arg)
11795 {
11796 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11797 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11798 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11799 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11800 default_match = 0;
11801 }
11802 else
11803 {
11804 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11805 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11806 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11807 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11808
11809 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11810 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11811 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11812 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11813 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11814 error (_("No source file specified."));
11815
11816 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11817 sals.nelts = 1;
11818
11819 default_match = 1;
11820 }
11821
11822 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11823 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11824 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11825 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11826
11827 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11828 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11829 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11830 due to optimization, all in one block.
11831
11832 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11833 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11834 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11835 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11836 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11837 to support that. */
11838
11839 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11840 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11841 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11842 breakpoint. */
11843
11844 found = NULL;
11845 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11846 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11847 {
11848 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11849
11850 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11851 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11852 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11853 or at default pc.
11854
11855 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11856
11857 0 1 pc
11858 1 1 pc _and_ line
11859 0 0 line
11860 1 0 <can't happen> */
11861
11862 sal = sals.sals[i];
11863 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11864 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11865
11866 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11867 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11868 {
11869 int match = 0;
11870 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11871 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11872 {
11873 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11874 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11875 {
11876 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11877 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11878 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11879 && sal.pc
11880 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11881 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11882 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11883 || loc->section == sal.section));
11884 int line_match = 0;
11885
11886 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11887 && loc->source_file != NULL
11888 && sal.symtab != NULL
11889 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11890 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11891 {
11892 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11893 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11894 line_match = 1;
11895 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11896 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11897 sal.symtab->filename,
11898 sal_name_len))
11899 line_match = 1;
11900 }
11901
11902 if (pc_match || line_match)
11903 {
11904 match = 1;
11905 break;
11906 }
11907 }
11908 }
11909
11910 if (match)
11911 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11912 }
11913 }
11914
11915 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11916 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11917 {
11918 if (arg)
11919 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11920 else
11921 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11922 }
11923
11924 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11925 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11926 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11927 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11928 compare_breakpoints);
11929 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11930 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11931 {
11932 if (b == prev)
11933 {
11934 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11935 --ix;
11936 }
11937 }
11938
11939 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11940 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11941 if (from_tty)
11942 {
11943 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11944 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11945 else
11946 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11947 }
11948 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
11949
11950 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11951 {
11952 if (from_tty)
11953 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11954 delete_breakpoint (b);
11955 }
11956 if (from_tty)
11957 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11958
11959 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11960 }
11961 \f
11962 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11963 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11964 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11965
11966 void
11967 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11968 {
11969 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11970
11971 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11972 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11973 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11974 && bs->stop)
11975 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11976
11977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11978 {
11979 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11980 delete_breakpoint (b);
11981 }
11982 }
11983
11984 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11985 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11986 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11987 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11988 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11989 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11990
11991 static int
11992 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11993 {
11994 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11995 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11996 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11997 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11998 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11999
12000 if (a->address != b->address)
12001 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12002
12003 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12004 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12005 grouped. */
12006
12007 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12008 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12009 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12010
12011 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12012 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12013 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12014
12015 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12016 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12017 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12018
12019 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12020 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12021 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12022
12023 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12024 }
12025
12026 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12027 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12028 content of the bp_location array. */
12029
12030 static void
12031 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12032 {
12033 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12034
12035 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12036 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12037
12038 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12039 {
12040 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12041
12042 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12043 continue;
12044
12045 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12046 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12047
12048 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12049 addr = bl->address - start;
12050 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12051 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12052
12053 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12054
12055 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12056 addr = end - bl->address;
12057 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12058 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12059 }
12060 }
12061
12062 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12063
12064 static void
12065 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12066 {
12067 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12068 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12069
12070 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12071 return;
12072
12073 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12074
12075 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12076 {
12077 struct tracepoint *t;
12078
12079 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
12080 continue;
12081
12082 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12083 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12084 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12085 continue;
12086
12087 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12088 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12089 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12090 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12091 continue;
12092
12093 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12094
12095 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12096
12097 bl->inserted = 1;
12098 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
12099 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
12100 }
12101
12102 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12103 }
12104
12105 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12106
12107 static void
12108 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12109 {
12110 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12111 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12112 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12113 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12114
12115 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12116 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12117 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12118 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12119 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12120
12121 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12122 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12123 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12124 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12125 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12126 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12127 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12128 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12129 }
12130
12131 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12132 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12133 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12134 the target. */
12135
12136 static void
12137 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12138 {
12139 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12140 struct bp_location *loc;
12141 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12142 int pspace_num;
12143
12144 address = bl->address;
12145 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12146
12147 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12148 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12149 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12150 side. */
12151 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12152 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12153 return;
12154
12155 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12156 the same program space as the location
12157 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12158 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12159 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12160 {
12161 loc = *loc2p;
12162
12163 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12164 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12165 continue;
12166
12167 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12168 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12169 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12170 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12171 that have already been marked. */
12172 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12173
12174 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12175 it later on. */
12176 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12177 {
12178 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12179 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12180 }
12181 }
12182 }
12183
12184 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12185 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12186 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12187 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12188 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12189 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12190 returns true on them.
12191
12192 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12193 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12194 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12195 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12196 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12197 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12198
12199 static void
12200 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12201 {
12202 struct breakpoint *b;
12203 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12204 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12205 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12206 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12207 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12208 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12209
12210 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12211 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12212 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12213 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12214 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12215 once. */
12216 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12217 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12218 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12219 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12220
12221 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12222 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12223 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12224 unsigned old_location_count;
12225
12226 old_location = bp_location;
12227 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12228 bp_location = NULL;
12229 bp_location_count = 0;
12230 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12231
12232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12233 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12234 bp_location_count++;
12235
12236 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12237 locp = bp_location;
12238 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12239 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12240 *locp++ = loc;
12241 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12242 bp_location_compare);
12243
12244 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12245
12246 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12247 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12248 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12249 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12250 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12251 location.
12252
12253 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12254 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12255
12256 locp = bp_location;
12257 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12258 old_locp++)
12259 {
12260 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12261 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12262
12263 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12264 not, we have to free it. */
12265 int found_object = 0;
12266 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12267 int keep_in_target = 0;
12268 int removed = 0;
12269
12270 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12271 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12272 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12273 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12274 locp++;
12275
12276 for (loc2p = locp;
12277 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12278 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12279 loc2p++)
12280 {
12281 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12282 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12283 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12284 place there. */
12285 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12286 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12287 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12288 {
12289 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12290 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12291 }
12292
12293 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12294 found_object = 1;
12295 }
12296
12297 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12298 have to go through updates again. */
12299 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12300
12301 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12302 if (!found_object)
12303 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12304
12305 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12306 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12307 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12308 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12309 at certain location is not inserted. */
12310
12311 if (old_loc->inserted)
12312 {
12313 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12314 it. */
12315
12316 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12317 {
12318 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12319 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12320 keep_in_target = 1;
12321 }
12322 else
12323 {
12324 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12325 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12326 remove its target-side condition. */
12327
12328 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12329 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12330 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12331 this one from the target. */
12332
12333 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12334 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12335 {
12336 for (loc2p = locp;
12337 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12338 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12339 loc2p++)
12340 {
12341 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12342
12343 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12344 {
12345 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12346 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12347 supported, but the latter are. */
12348 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12349 {
12350 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12351 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12352 }
12353
12354 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12355 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12356 unduplicated. */
12357 if (loc2 != old_loc
12358 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12359 {
12360 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12361 keep_in_target = 1;
12362 break;
12363 }
12364 }
12365 }
12366 }
12367 }
12368
12369 if (!keep_in_target)
12370 {
12371 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12372 {
12373 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12374 this location on the global list, and try to
12375 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12376 reason why we will succeed next time.
12377
12378 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12379 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12380 only after calling us. */
12381 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12382 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12383 old_loc->owner->number);
12384 }
12385 removed = 1;
12386 }
12387 }
12388
12389 if (!found_object)
12390 {
12391 if (removed && non_stop
12392 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12393 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12394 {
12395 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12396 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12397 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12398 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12399 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12400 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12401 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12402 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12403 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12404 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12405 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12406 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12407 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12408 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12409 SIGTRAP.
12410
12411 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12412 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12413
12414 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12415 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12416 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12417 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12418 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12419 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12420 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12421 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12422 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12423 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12424 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12425 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12426 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12427 thread_count.
12428
12429 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12430 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12431 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12432 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12433
12434 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12435 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12436 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12437 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12438 traps we can no longer explain. */
12439
12440 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12441 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12442
12443 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12444 }
12445 else
12446 {
12447 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12448 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12449 }
12450 }
12451 }
12452
12453 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12454 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12455 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12456 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12457 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12458 are sorted first for the same address.
12459
12460 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12461 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12462
12463 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12464 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12465 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12466 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12467 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12468 {
12469 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12470 non-NULL. */
12471 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12472 b = loc->owner;
12473
12474 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12475 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12476 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12477 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12478 `struct bp_location'. */
12479 || is_tracepoint (b))
12480 {
12481 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12482 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12483 continue;
12484 }
12485
12486 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12487 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12488 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12489 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12490 "actually inserted"));
12491
12492 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12493 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12494 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12495 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12496 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12497 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12498 else
12499 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12500
12501 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12502 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12503 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12504 {
12505 *loc_first_p = loc;
12506 loc->duplicate = 0;
12507
12508 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12509 {
12510 loc->needs_update = 1;
12511 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12512 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12513 }
12514 continue;
12515 }
12516
12517
12518 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12519 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12520 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12521 if (loc->inserted)
12522 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12523 loc->duplicate = 1;
12524
12525 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12526 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12527
12528 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12529 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12530 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12531 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12532 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12533 }
12534
12535 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12536 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12537 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12538 {
12539 if (should_insert)
12540 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12541 else
12542 {
12543 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12544 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12545 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12546 "needs_update". */
12547 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12548 }
12549 }
12550
12551 if (should_insert)
12552 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12553
12554 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12555 }
12556
12557 void
12558 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12559 {
12560 struct bp_location *loc;
12561 int ix;
12562
12563 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12564 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12565 {
12566 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12567 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12568 --ix;
12569 }
12570 }
12571
12572 static void
12573 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12574 {
12575 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12576
12577 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12578 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12579 }
12580
12581 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12582
12583 static void
12584 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12585 {
12586 bpstat bs;
12587
12588 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12589 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12590 {
12591 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12592 bs->old_val = NULL;
12593 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12594 }
12595 }
12596
12597 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12598 static int
12599 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12600 {
12601 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12602
12603 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12604 return 0;
12605 }
12606
12607 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12608 callbacks. */
12609
12610 static void
12611 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12612 {
12613 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12614 struct value_print_options opts;
12615
12616 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12617
12618 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12619 single string. */
12620 if (b->loc == NULL)
12621 {
12622 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12623 }
12624 else
12625 {
12626 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12627 {
12628 printf_filtered (" at ");
12629 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12630 gdb_stdout);
12631 }
12632 if (b->loc->source_file)
12633 {
12634 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12635 more nicely. */
12636 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12637 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12638 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12639 else
12640 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12641 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12642 real situation somewhat. */
12643 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12644 }
12645
12646 if (b->loc->next)
12647 {
12648 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12649 int n = 0;
12650 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12651 ++n;
12652 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12653 }
12654 }
12655 }
12656
12657 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12658
12659 static void
12660 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12661 {
12662 xfree (self->cond);
12663 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12664 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12665 xfree (self->function_name);
12666 xfree (self->source_file);
12667 }
12668
12669 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12670 {
12671 bp_location_dtor
12672 };
12673
12674 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12675 inherit from. */
12676
12677 static void
12678 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12679 {
12680 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12681 xfree (self->cond_string);
12682 xfree (self->addr_string);
12683 xfree (self->filter);
12684 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12685 }
12686
12687 static struct bp_location *
12688 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12689 {
12690 struct bp_location *loc;
12691
12692 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12693 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12694 return loc;
12695 }
12696
12697 static void
12698 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12699 {
12700 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12701 }
12702
12703 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12704 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12705
12706 static int
12707 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12708 {
12709 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12710 }
12711
12712 static int
12713 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12714 {
12715 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12716 }
12717
12718 static int
12719 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12720 struct address_space *aspace,
12721 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12722 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12723 {
12724 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12725 }
12726
12727 static void
12728 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12729 {
12730 /* Always stop. */
12731 }
12732
12733 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12734 errors. */
12735
12736 static int
12737 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12738 {
12739 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12740 }
12741
12742 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12743 errors. */
12744
12745 static int
12746 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12747 {
12748 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12749 }
12750
12751 static enum print_stop_action
12752 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12753 {
12754 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12755 }
12756
12757 static void
12758 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12759 struct ui_out *uiout)
12760 {
12761 /* nothing */
12762 }
12763
12764 static void
12765 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12766 {
12767 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12768 }
12769
12770 static void
12771 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12772 {
12773 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12774 }
12775
12776 static void
12777 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12778 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12779 enum bptype type_wanted,
12780 char *addr_start,
12781 char **copy_arg)
12782 {
12783 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12784 }
12785
12786 static void
12787 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12788 struct linespec_result *c,
12789 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12790 char *cond_string,
12791 char *extra_string,
12792 enum bptype type_wanted,
12793 enum bpdisp disposition,
12794 int thread,
12795 int task, int ignore_count,
12796 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12797 int from_tty, int enabled,
12798 int internal, unsigned flags)
12799 {
12800 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12801 }
12802
12803 static void
12804 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12805 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12806 {
12807 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12808 }
12809
12810 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12811 {
12812 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12813 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12814 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12815 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12816 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12817 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12818 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12819 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12820 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12821 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12822 NULL,
12823 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12824 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12825 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12826 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12827 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12828 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12829 };
12830
12831 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12832
12833 static void
12834 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12835 {
12836 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12837 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12838 {
12839 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12840 delete_breakpoint (b);
12841 return;
12842 }
12843
12844 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12845 }
12846
12847 static int
12848 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12849 {
12850 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12851 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12852 &bl->target_info);
12853 else
12854 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12855 &bl->target_info);
12856 }
12857
12858 static int
12859 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12860 {
12861 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12862 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12863 else
12864 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12865 }
12866
12867 static int
12868 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12869 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12870 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12871 {
12872 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12873
12874 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12875 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12876 return 0;
12877
12878 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12879 aspace, bp_addr))
12880 return 0;
12881
12882 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12883 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12884 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12885 return 0;
12886
12887 return 1;
12888 }
12889
12890 static int
12891 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12892 {
12893 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12894
12895 return 1;
12896 }
12897
12898 static enum print_stop_action
12899 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12900 {
12901 struct breakpoint *b;
12902 const struct bp_location *bl;
12903 int bp_temp;
12904 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12905
12906 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12907
12908 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12909 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12910
12911 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12912 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12913 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12914 bl->address,
12915 b->number, 1);
12916 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12917 if (bp_temp)
12918 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12919 else
12920 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12921 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12922 {
12923 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12924 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12925 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12926 }
12927 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12928 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12929
12930 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12931 }
12932
12933 static void
12934 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12935 {
12936 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12937 return;
12938
12939 switch (b->type)
12940 {
12941 case bp_breakpoint:
12942 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12943 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12944 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12945 else
12946 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12947 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12948 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12949 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12950 break;
12951 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12952 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12953 break;
12954 case bp_dprintf:
12955 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12956 break;
12957 }
12958
12959 say_where (b);
12960 }
12961
12962 static void
12963 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12964 {
12965 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12966 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12967 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12968 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12969 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12970 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12971 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12972 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12973 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12974 else
12975 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12976 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12977
12978 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12979 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12980 }
12981
12982 static void
12983 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12984 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12985 enum bptype type_wanted,
12986 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12987 {
12988 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12989 addr_start, copy_arg);
12990 }
12991
12992 static void
12993 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12994 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12995 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12996 char *cond_string,
12997 char *extra_string,
12998 enum bptype type_wanted,
12999 enum bpdisp disposition,
13000 int thread,
13001 int task, int ignore_count,
13002 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13003 int from_tty, int enabled,
13004 int internal, unsigned flags)
13005 {
13006 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13007 cond_string, extra_string,
13008 type_wanted,
13009 disposition, thread, task,
13010 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13011 enabled, internal, flags);
13012 }
13013
13014 static void
13015 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13016 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13017 {
13018 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13019 }
13020
13021 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13022
13023 static void
13024 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13025 {
13026 switch (b->type)
13027 {
13028 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13029 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13030 case bp_overlay_event:
13031 case bp_longjmp_master:
13032 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13033 case bp_exception_master:
13034 delete_breakpoint (b);
13035 break;
13036
13037 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13038 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13039 case bp_shlib_event:
13040
13041 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13042 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13043 case bp_thread_event:
13044 break;
13045 }
13046 }
13047
13048 static void
13049 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13050 {
13051 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13052 {
13053 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13054 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13055 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13056 objects (among other things). */
13057 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13058 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13059 }
13060 else
13061 bs->stop = 0;
13062 }
13063
13064 static enum print_stop_action
13065 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13066 {
13067 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13068 struct breakpoint *b;
13069
13070 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13071
13072 switch (b->type)
13073 {
13074 case bp_shlib_event:
13075 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13076 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13077 to shlib event" message.) */
13078 print_solib_event (0);
13079 break;
13080
13081 case bp_thread_event:
13082 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13083 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13084 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13085 break;
13086
13087 case bp_overlay_event:
13088 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13089 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13090 break;
13091
13092 case bp_longjmp_master:
13093 /* These should never be enabled. */
13094 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13095 break;
13096
13097 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13098 /* These should never be enabled. */
13099 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13100 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13101 break;
13102
13103 case bp_exception_master:
13104 /* These should never be enabled. */
13105 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13106 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13107 break;
13108 }
13109
13110 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13111 }
13112
13113 static void
13114 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13115 {
13116 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13117 }
13118
13119 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13120
13121 static void
13122 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13123 {
13124 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13125 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13126 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13127 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13128 }
13129
13130 static void
13131 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13132 {
13133 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13134 }
13135
13136 static enum print_stop_action
13137 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13138 {
13139 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13140
13141 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13142 {
13143 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13144
13145 switch (b->type)
13146 {
13147 case bp_finish:
13148 ui_out_field_string
13149 (uiout, "reason",
13150 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13151 break;
13152
13153 case bp_until:
13154 ui_out_field_string
13155 (uiout, "reason",
13156 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13157 break;
13158 }
13159 }
13160
13161 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13162 }
13163
13164 static void
13165 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13166 {
13167 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13168 }
13169
13170 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13171
13172 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13173 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13174
13175 static void
13176 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13177 {
13178 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13179
13180 if (tp)
13181 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13182
13183 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13184 }
13185
13186 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13187
13188 static int
13189 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13190 {
13191 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13192
13193 if (v == 0)
13194 {
13195 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13196 if needed. */
13197 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13198 }
13199
13200 return v;
13201 }
13202
13203 static int
13204 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13205 {
13206 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13207 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13208
13209 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13210 }
13211
13212 static void
13213 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13214 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13215 enum bptype type_wanted,
13216 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13217 {
13218 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13219
13220 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13221
13222 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13223 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13224
13225 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13226 }
13227
13228 static void
13229 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13230 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13231 {
13232 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13233 if (!sals->sals)
13234 error (_("probe not found"));
13235 }
13236
13237 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13238
13239 static void
13240 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13241 {
13242 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13243 }
13244
13245 static int
13246 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13247 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13248 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13249 {
13250 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13251 tracepoints. */
13252 return 0;
13253 }
13254
13255 static void
13256 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13257 struct ui_out *uiout)
13258 {
13259 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13260 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13261 {
13262 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13263
13264 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13265 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13266 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13267 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13268 }
13269 }
13270
13271 static void
13272 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13273 {
13274 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13275 return;
13276
13277 switch (b->type)
13278 {
13279 case bp_tracepoint:
13280 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13281 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13282 break;
13283 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13284 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13285 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13286 break;
13287 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13288 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13289 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13290 break;
13291 default:
13292 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13293 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13294 }
13295
13296 say_where (b);
13297 }
13298
13299 static void
13300 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13301 {
13302 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13303
13304 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13306 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13307 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13308 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13310 else
13311 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13312 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13313
13314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13315 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13316
13317 if (tp->pass_count)
13318 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13319 }
13320
13321 static void
13322 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13323 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13324 enum bptype type_wanted,
13325 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13326 {
13327 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13328 addr_start, copy_arg);
13329 }
13330
13331 static void
13332 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13333 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13334 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13335 char *cond_string,
13336 char *extra_string,
13337 enum bptype type_wanted,
13338 enum bpdisp disposition,
13339 int thread,
13340 int task, int ignore_count,
13341 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13342 int from_tty, int enabled,
13343 int internal, unsigned flags)
13344 {
13345 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13346 cond_string, extra_string,
13347 type_wanted,
13348 disposition, thread, task,
13349 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13350 enabled, internal, flags);
13351 }
13352
13353 static void
13354 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13355 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13356 {
13357 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13358 }
13359
13360 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13361
13362 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13363 static probe. */
13364
13365 static void
13366 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13367 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13368 enum bptype type_wanted,
13369 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13370 {
13371 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13372 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13373 addr_start, copy_arg);
13374 }
13375
13376 static void
13377 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13378 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13379 {
13380 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13381 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13382 }
13383
13384 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13385
13386 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13387 markers (`-m'). */
13388
13389 static void
13390 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13391 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13392 enum bptype type_wanted,
13393 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13394 {
13395 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13396
13397 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13398
13399 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13400
13401 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13402 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13403 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13404 }
13405
13406 static void
13407 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13408 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13409 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13410 char *cond_string,
13411 char *extra_string,
13412 enum bptype type_wanted,
13413 enum bpdisp disposition,
13414 int thread,
13415 int task, int ignore_count,
13416 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13417 int from_tty, int enabled,
13418 int internal, unsigned flags)
13419 {
13420 int i;
13421
13422 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13423 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13424 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13425 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13426 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13427 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13428
13429 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13430 {
13431 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13432 struct tracepoint *tp;
13433 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13434 char *addr_string;
13435
13436 expanded.nelts = 1;
13437 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13438
13439 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13440 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13441
13442 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13443 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13444 addr_string, NULL,
13445 cond_string, extra_string,
13446 type_wanted, disposition,
13447 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13448 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13449 canonical->special_display);
13450 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13451 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13452 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13453 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13454 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13455 corresponds to this one */
13456 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13457
13458 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13459
13460 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13461 }
13462 }
13463
13464 static void
13465 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13466 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13467 {
13468 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13469
13470 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13471 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13472 {
13473 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13474 sals->nelts = 1;
13475 }
13476 else
13477 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13478 }
13479
13480 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13481
13482 static int
13483 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13484 {
13485 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13486 }
13487
13488 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13489 structures. */
13490
13491 void
13492 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13493 {
13494 struct breakpoint *b;
13495
13496 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13497
13498 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13499 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13500 especial culprits.
13501
13502 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13503 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13504 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13505 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13506 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13507 deleted.
13508
13509 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13510 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13511 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13512 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13513 was chosen. */
13514 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13515 return;
13516
13517 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13518 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13519 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13520 {
13521 struct breakpoint *related;
13522 struct watchpoint *w;
13523
13524 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13525 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13526 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13527 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13528 else
13529 w = NULL;
13530 if (w != NULL)
13531 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13532
13533 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13534 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13535 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13536 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13537 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13538 }
13539
13540 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13541 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13542 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13543 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13544 if (bpt->number)
13545 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13546
13547 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13548 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13549
13550 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13551 if (b->next == bpt)
13552 {
13553 b->next = bpt->next;
13554 break;
13555 }
13556
13557 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13558 been freed. */
13559 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13560 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13561 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13562 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13563 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13564 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13565 commands won't work. */
13566
13567 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13568
13569 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13570 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13571 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13572 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13573 might be better design to have location completely
13574 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13575 update_global_location_list (0);
13576
13577 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13578 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13579 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13580 bpt->type = bp_none;
13581 xfree (bpt);
13582 }
13583
13584 static void
13585 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13586 {
13587 delete_breakpoint (b);
13588 }
13589
13590 struct cleanup *
13591 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13592 {
13593 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13594 }
13595
13596 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13597 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13598
13599 static void
13600 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13601 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13602 void *),
13603 void *data)
13604 {
13605 struct breakpoint *related;
13606
13607 related = b;
13608 do
13609 {
13610 struct breakpoint *next;
13611
13612 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13613 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13614
13615 if (next == related)
13616 {
13617 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13618 function (related, data);
13619
13620 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13621 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13622 out. */
13623 break;
13624 }
13625 else
13626 function (related, data);
13627
13628 related = next;
13629 }
13630 while (related != b);
13631 }
13632
13633 static void
13634 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13635 {
13636 delete_breakpoint (b);
13637 }
13638
13639 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13640 delete_breakpoint. */
13641
13642 static void
13643 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13644 {
13645 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13646 }
13647
13648 void
13649 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13650 {
13651 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13652
13653 dont_repeat ();
13654
13655 if (arg == 0)
13656 {
13657 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13658
13659 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13660 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13661 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13663 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13664 {
13665 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13666 break;
13667 }
13668
13669 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13670 if (!from_tty
13671 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13672 {
13673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13674 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13675 delete_breakpoint (b);
13676 }
13677 }
13678 else
13679 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13680 }
13681
13682 static int
13683 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13684 {
13685 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13686 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13687 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13688 return 0;
13689 return 1;
13690 }
13691
13692 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13693 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13694 Null names are ignored. */
13695
13696 static int
13697 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13698 {
13699 struct bp_location *l;
13700 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13701 (int (*) (const void *,
13702 const void *)) streq,
13703 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13704
13705 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13706 {
13707 const char **slot;
13708 const char *name = l->function_name;
13709
13710 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13711 if (name == NULL)
13712 continue;
13713
13714 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13715 INSERT);
13716 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13717 returns NULL. */
13718 if (*slot != NULL)
13719 {
13720 htab_delete (htab);
13721 return 1;
13722 }
13723 *slot = name;
13724 }
13725
13726 htab_delete (htab);
13727 return 0;
13728 }
13729
13730 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13731 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13732 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13733 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13734 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13735 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13736 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13737 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13738 The heuristic is:
13739
13740 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13741 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13742 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13743 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13744 in the sources, and output a warning.
13745
13746 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13747 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13748 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13749 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13750 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13751 warning.
13752
13753 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13754 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13755 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13756 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13757 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13758 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13759 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13760 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13761 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13762
13763 static struct symtab_and_line
13764 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13765 {
13766 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13767 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13768 CORE_ADDR pc;
13769
13770 pc = sal.pc;
13771 if (sal.line)
13772 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13773
13774 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13775 {
13776 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13777 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13778 b->number,
13779 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13780
13781 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13782 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13783 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13784
13785 return sal;
13786 }
13787
13788 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13789 by string ID. */
13790 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13791 && sal.line != 0
13792 && sal.symtab != NULL
13793 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13794 {
13795 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13796
13797 markers
13798 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13799
13800 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13801 {
13802 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13803 struct symbol *sym;
13804 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13805 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13806
13807 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13808
13809 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13810 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13811
13812 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13813 "found at previous line number"),
13814 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13815
13816 init_sal (&sal2);
13817
13818 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13819
13820 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13821 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13822 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13823 if (sym)
13824 {
13825 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13826 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13827 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13828 }
13829 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13830 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13831
13832 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13833 {
13834 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13835
13836 if (fullname)
13837 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13838 }
13839
13840 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13841 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13842
13843 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13844
13845 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13846 if (sym)
13847 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13848 else
13849 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13850
13851 xfree (b->addr_string);
13852 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13853 sal2.symtab->filename,
13854 b->loc->line_number);
13855
13856 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13857 so. */
13858
13859 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13860 }
13861 }
13862 return sal;
13863 }
13864
13865 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13866 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13867
13868 static int
13869 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13870 {
13871 while (a && b)
13872 {
13873 if (a->address != b->address)
13874 return 0;
13875
13876 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13877 return 0;
13878
13879 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13880 return 0;
13881
13882 a = a->next;
13883 b = b->next;
13884 }
13885
13886 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13887 return 0;
13888
13889 return 1;
13890 }
13891
13892 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13893 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13894 a ranged breakpoint. */
13895
13896 void
13897 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13898 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13899 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13900 {
13901 int i;
13902 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13903
13904 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13905 {
13906 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13907 location. */
13908 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13909 update_global_location_list (1);
13910 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13911 "multiple locations found\n"),
13912 b->number);
13913 return;
13914 }
13915
13916 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13917 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13918 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13919 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13920 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13921 individual locations. */
13922 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13923 return;
13924
13925 b->loc = NULL;
13926
13927 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13928 {
13929 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13930
13931 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13932
13933 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13934
13935 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13936 old symtab. */
13937 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13938 {
13939 char *s;
13940 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13941
13942 s = b->cond_string;
13943 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13944 {
13945 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13946 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13947 0);
13948 }
13949 if (e.reason < 0)
13950 {
13951 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13952 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13953 b->number, e.message);
13954 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13955 }
13956 }
13957
13958 if (sals_end.nelts)
13959 {
13960 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13961
13962 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13963 }
13964 }
13965
13966 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13967 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13968 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13969
13970 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13971 breakpoints. */
13972 {
13973 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13974 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13975 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13976 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13977 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13978 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13979 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13980
13981 for (; e; e = e->next)
13982 {
13983 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13984 {
13985 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13986 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13987 {
13988 for (; l; l = l->next)
13989 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13990 {
13991 l->enabled = 0;
13992 break;
13993 }
13994 }
13995 else
13996 {
13997 for (; l; l = l->next)
13998 if (l->function_name
13999 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14000 {
14001 l->enabled = 0;
14002 break;
14003 }
14004 }
14005 }
14006 }
14007 }
14008
14009 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14010 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14011
14012 update_global_location_list (1);
14013 }
14014
14015 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14016 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14017
14018 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14019 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14020 {
14021 char *s;
14022 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14023 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14024
14025 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14026 s = addr_string;
14027
14028 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14029 {
14030 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14031 }
14032 if (e.reason < 0)
14033 {
14034 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14035 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14036 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14037 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14038 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14039 state, then user already saw the message about that
14040 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14041 errors. */
14042 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14043 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14044 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14045 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14046 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14047 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14048
14049 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14050 {
14051 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14052 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14053 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14054 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14055 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14056 which approach is better. */
14057 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14058 throw_exception (e);
14059 }
14060 }
14061
14062 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14063 {
14064 int i;
14065
14066 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14067 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14068 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14069 {
14070 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14071 int thread, task;
14072
14073 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14074 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14075 &extra_string);
14076 if (cond_string)
14077 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14078 b->thread = thread;
14079 b->task = task;
14080 if (extra_string)
14081 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14082 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14083 }
14084
14085 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14086 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14087
14088 *found = 1;
14089 }
14090 else
14091 *found = 0;
14092
14093 return sals;
14094 }
14095
14096 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14097 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14098 locations. */
14099
14100 static void
14101 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14102 {
14103 int found;
14104 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14105 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14106 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14107
14108 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14109 if (found)
14110 {
14111 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14112 expanded = sals;
14113 }
14114
14115 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14116 {
14117 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14118 if (found)
14119 {
14120 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14121 expanded_end = sals_end;
14122 }
14123 }
14124
14125 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14126 }
14127
14128 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14129 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14130
14131 static void
14132 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14133 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14134 enum bptype type_wanted,
14135 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14136 {
14137 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14138 }
14139
14140 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14141 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14142 breakpoint_ops. */
14143
14144 static void
14145 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14146 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14147 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14148 char *cond_string,
14149 char *extra_string,
14150 enum bptype type_wanted,
14151 enum bpdisp disposition,
14152 int thread,
14153 int task, int ignore_count,
14154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14155 int from_tty, int enabled,
14156 int internal, unsigned flags)
14157 {
14158 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14159 extra_string,
14160 type_wanted, disposition,
14161 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14162 enabled, internal, flags);
14163 }
14164
14165 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14166 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14167
14168 static void
14169 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14170 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14171 {
14172 struct linespec_result canonical;
14173
14174 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14175 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14176 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14177 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14178 b->filter);
14179
14180 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14181 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14182
14183 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14184 {
14185 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14186
14187 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14188 *sals = lsal->sals;
14189 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14190 contents. */
14191 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14192 }
14193
14194 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14195 }
14196
14197 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14198
14199 static struct cleanup *
14200 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14201 {
14202 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14203
14204 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14205 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14206 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14207 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14208 set_language (b->language);
14209
14210 return cleanups;
14211 }
14212
14213 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14214 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14215 Unused in this case. */
14216
14217 static int
14218 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14219 {
14220 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14221 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14222 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14223
14224 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14225 b->ops->re_set (b);
14226 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14227 return 0;
14228 }
14229
14230 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14231 void
14232 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14233 {
14234 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14235 enum language save_language;
14236 int save_input_radix;
14237 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14238
14239 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14240 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14241 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14242
14243 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14244 {
14245 /* Format possible error msg. */
14246 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14247 b->number);
14248 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14249 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14250 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14251 }
14252 set_language (save_language);
14253 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14254
14255 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14256
14257 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14258
14259 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14260 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14261 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14262 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14263
14264 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14265 skip_re_set ();
14266 }
14267 \f
14268 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14269
14270 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14271 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14272 void
14273 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14274 {
14275 if (b->thread != -1)
14276 {
14277 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14278 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14279
14280 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14281 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14282 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14283 as well. */
14284 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14285 }
14286 }
14287
14288 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14289 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14290 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14291
14292 void
14293 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14294 {
14295 struct breakpoint *b;
14296
14297 if (count < 0)
14298 count = 0;
14299
14300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14301 if (b->number == bptnum)
14302 {
14303 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14304 {
14305 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14306 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14307 bptnum);
14308 return;
14309 }
14310
14311 b->ignore_count = count;
14312 if (from_tty)
14313 {
14314 if (count == 0)
14315 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14316 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14317 bptnum);
14318 else if (count == 1)
14319 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14320 bptnum);
14321 else
14322 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14323 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14324 count, bptnum);
14325 }
14326 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14327 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14328 return;
14329 }
14330
14331 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14332 }
14333
14334 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14335
14336 static void
14337 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14338 {
14339 char *p = args;
14340 int num;
14341
14342 if (p == 0)
14343 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14344
14345 num = get_number (&p);
14346 if (num == 0)
14347 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14348 if (*p == 0)
14349 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14350
14351 set_ignore_count (num,
14352 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14353 from_tty);
14354 if (from_tty)
14355 printf_filtered ("\n");
14356 }
14357 \f
14358 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14359 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14360
14361 static void
14362 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14363 void *),
14364 void *data)
14365 {
14366 int num;
14367 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14368 int match;
14369 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14370
14371 if (args == 0)
14372 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14373
14374 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14375
14376 while (!state.finished)
14377 {
14378 char *p = state.string;
14379
14380 match = 0;
14381
14382 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14383 if (num == 0)
14384 {
14385 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14386 }
14387 else
14388 {
14389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14390 if (b->number == num)
14391 {
14392 match = 1;
14393 function (b, data);
14394 break;
14395 }
14396 if (match == 0)
14397 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14398 }
14399 }
14400 }
14401
14402 static struct bp_location *
14403 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14404 {
14405 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14406 char *p1;
14407 int bp_num;
14408 int loc_num;
14409 struct breakpoint *b;
14410 struct bp_location *loc;
14411
14412 *dot = '\0';
14413
14414 p1 = number;
14415 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14416 if (bp_num == 0)
14417 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14418
14419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14420 if (b->number == bp_num)
14421 {
14422 break;
14423 }
14424
14425 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14426 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14427
14428 p1 = dot+1;
14429 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14430 if (loc_num == 0)
14431 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14432
14433 --loc_num;
14434 loc = b->loc;
14435 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14436 ;
14437 if (!loc)
14438 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14439
14440 return loc;
14441 }
14442
14443
14444 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14445 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14446 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14447
14448 void
14449 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14450 {
14451 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14452 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14453 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14454 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14455 return;
14456
14457 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14458 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14459 return;
14460
14461 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14462
14463 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14464 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14465
14466 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14467 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14468 {
14469 struct bp_location *location;
14470
14471 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14472 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14473 }
14474
14475 update_global_location_list (0);
14476
14477 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14478 }
14479
14480 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14481
14482 static void
14483 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14484 {
14485 disable_breakpoint (b);
14486 }
14487
14488 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14489 disable_breakpoint. */
14490
14491 static void
14492 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14493 {
14494 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14495 }
14496
14497 static void
14498 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14499 {
14500 if (args == 0)
14501 {
14502 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14503
14504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14505 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14506 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14507 }
14508 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14509 {
14510 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14511 if (loc)
14512 {
14513 if (loc->enabled)
14514 {
14515 loc->enabled = 0;
14516 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14517 }
14518 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14519 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14520 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14521 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14522 }
14523 update_global_location_list (0);
14524 }
14525 else
14526 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14527 }
14528
14529 static void
14530 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14531 int count)
14532 {
14533 int target_resources_ok;
14534
14535 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14536 {
14537 int i;
14538 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14539 target_resources_ok =
14540 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14541 i + 1, 0);
14542 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14543 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14544 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14545 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14546 }
14547
14548 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14549 {
14550 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14551 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14552 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14553
14554 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14555 {
14556 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14557
14558 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14559 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14560 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14561 }
14562 if (e.reason < 0)
14563 {
14564 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14565 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14566 bpt->number);
14567 return;
14568 }
14569 }
14570
14571 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14572 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14573
14574 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14575
14576 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14577 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14578
14579 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14580 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14581 {
14582 struct bp_location *location;
14583
14584 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14585 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14586 }
14587
14588 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14589 bpt->enable_count = count;
14590 update_global_location_list (1);
14591 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14592
14593 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14594 }
14595
14596
14597 void
14598 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14599 {
14600 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14601 }
14602
14603 static void
14604 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14605 {
14606 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14607 }
14608
14609 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14610 enable_breakpoint. */
14611
14612 static void
14613 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14614 {
14615 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14616 }
14617
14618 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14619 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14620 in stopping the inferior. */
14621
14622 static void
14623 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14624 {
14625 if (args == 0)
14626 {
14627 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14628
14629 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14630 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14631 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14632 }
14633 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14634 {
14635 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14636 if (loc)
14637 {
14638 if (!loc->enabled)
14639 {
14640 loc->enabled = 1;
14641 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14642 }
14643 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14644 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14645 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14646 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14647 }
14648 update_global_location_list (1);
14649 }
14650 else
14651 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14652 }
14653
14654 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14655 breakpoints. */
14656
14657 struct disp_data
14658 {
14659 enum bpdisp disp;
14660 int count;
14661 };
14662
14663 static void
14664 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14665 {
14666 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14667
14668 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14669 }
14670
14671 static void
14672 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14673 {
14674 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14675
14676 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14677 }
14678
14679 static void
14680 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14681 {
14682 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14683 }
14684
14685 static void
14686 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14687 {
14688 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14689
14690 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14691 }
14692
14693 static void
14694 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14695 {
14696 int count = get_number (&args);
14697
14698 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14699 }
14700
14701 static void
14702 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14703 {
14704 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14705
14706 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14707 }
14708
14709 static void
14710 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14711 {
14712 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14713 }
14714 \f
14715 static void
14716 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14717 {
14718 }
14719
14720 static void
14721 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14722 {
14723 }
14724
14725 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14726 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14727 GDB itself. */
14728
14729 static void
14730 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14731 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14732 const bfd_byte *data)
14733 {
14734 struct breakpoint *bp;
14735
14736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14737 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14738 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14739 {
14740 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14741
14742 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14743 {
14744 struct bp_location *loc;
14745
14746 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14747 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14748 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14749 && addr + len > loc->address)
14750 {
14751 value_free (wp->val);
14752 wp->val = NULL;
14753 wp->val_valid = 0;
14754 }
14755 }
14756 }
14757 }
14758
14759 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14760 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14761 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14762 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14763 someday. */
14764
14765 void *
14766 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14767 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14768 {
14769 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14770
14771 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14772
14773 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14774 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14775
14776 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14777 {
14778 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14779 xfree (bp_tgt);
14780 return NULL;
14781 }
14782
14783 return bp_tgt;
14784 }
14785
14786 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14787 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14788
14789 int
14790 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14791 {
14792 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14793 int ret;
14794
14795 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14796 xfree (bp_tgt);
14797
14798 return ret;
14799 }
14800
14801 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14802 stepping. */
14803
14804 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14805 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14806
14807 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14808
14809 void
14810 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14811 struct address_space *aspace,
14812 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14813 {
14814 void **bpt_p;
14815
14816 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14817 {
14818 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14819 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14820 }
14821 else
14822 {
14823 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14824 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14825 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14826 }
14827
14828 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14829 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14830 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14831 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14832 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14833 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14834
14835 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14836 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14837 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14838 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14839 }
14840
14841 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14842 were inserted or not. */
14843
14844 int
14845 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14846 {
14847 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14848 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14849 }
14850
14851 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14852
14853 void
14854 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14855 {
14856 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14857
14858 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14859 call. */
14860 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14861 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14862 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14863 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14864
14865 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14866 {
14867 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14868 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14869 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14870 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14871 }
14872 }
14873
14874 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14875 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14876 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14877 exec. */
14878
14879 void
14880 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14881 {
14882 int i;
14883
14884 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14885 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14886 {
14887 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14888 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14889 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14890 }
14891 }
14892
14893 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14894 removing them. */
14895
14896 static void
14897 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14898 {
14899 int i;
14900
14901 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14902 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14903 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14904 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14905 }
14906
14907 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14908 PC. */
14909
14910 static int
14911 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14912 CORE_ADDR pc)
14913 {
14914 int i;
14915
14916 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14917 {
14918 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14919 if (bp_tgt
14920 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14921 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14922 aspace, pc))
14923 return 1;
14924 }
14925
14926 return 0;
14927 }
14928
14929 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14930 non-zero otherwise. */
14931 static int
14932 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14933 {
14934 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14935 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14936 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14937 return 1;
14938 else
14939 return 0;
14940 }
14941
14942 int
14943 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14944 {
14945 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14946 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14947
14948 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14949 }
14950
14951 int
14952 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14953 {
14954 struct breakpoint *bp;
14955
14956 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14957 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14958 {
14959 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14960
14961 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14962 {
14963 int i, iter;
14964 for (i = 0;
14965 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14966 i++)
14967 if (syscall_number == iter)
14968 return 1;
14969 }
14970 else
14971 return 1;
14972 }
14973
14974 return 0;
14975 }
14976
14977 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14978 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14979 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14980 char *text, char *word)
14981 {
14982 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14983 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
14984 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
14985
14986 xfree (list);
14987 return retlist;
14988 }
14989
14990 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14991
14992 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14993 static void
14994 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14995 {
14996 tracepoint_count = num;
14997 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14998 }
14999
15000 static void
15001 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15002 {
15003 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15004 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15005
15006 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15007 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15008 else
15009 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15010
15011 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15012 arg,
15013 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15014 0 /* tempflag */,
15015 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15016 0 /* Ignore count */,
15017 pending_break_support,
15018 ops,
15019 from_tty,
15020 1 /* enabled */,
15021 0 /* internal */, 0);
15022 }
15023
15024 static void
15025 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15026 {
15027 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15028 arg,
15029 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15030 0 /* tempflag */,
15031 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15032 0 /* Ignore count */,
15033 pending_break_support,
15034 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15035 from_tty,
15036 1 /* enabled */,
15037 0 /* internal */, 0);
15038 }
15039
15040 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15041
15042 static void
15043 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15044 {
15045 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15046
15047 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15048 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15049 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15050 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15051 else
15052 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15053
15054 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15055 arg,
15056 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15057 0 /* tempflag */,
15058 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15059 0 /* Ignore count */,
15060 pending_break_support,
15061 ops,
15062 from_tty,
15063 1 /* enabled */,
15064 0 /* internal */, 0);
15065 }
15066
15067 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15068 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15069
15070 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15071 static int next_cmd;
15072
15073 static char *
15074 read_uploaded_action (void)
15075 {
15076 char *rslt;
15077
15078 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15079
15080 next_cmd++;
15081
15082 return rslt;
15083 }
15084
15085 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15086 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15087 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15088 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15089 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15090
15091 struct tracepoint *
15092 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15093 {
15094 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15095 struct tracepoint *tp;
15096
15097 if (utp->at_string)
15098 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15099 else
15100 {
15101 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15102 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15103 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15104 user. */
15105 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15106 "source location, using raw address"),
15107 utp->number);
15108 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15109 addr_str = small_buf;
15110 }
15111
15112 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15113 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15114 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15115 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15116 utp->number);
15117
15118 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15119 addr_str,
15120 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15121 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15122 0 /* tempflag */,
15123 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15124 0 /* Ignore count */,
15125 pending_break_support,
15126 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15127 0 /* from_tty */,
15128 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15129 0 /* internal */,
15130 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15131 return NULL;
15132
15133 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15134 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15135 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15136
15137 if (utp->pass > 0)
15138 {
15139 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15140 tp->base.number);
15141
15142 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15143 }
15144
15145 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15146 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15147 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15148 function. */
15149 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15150 {
15151 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15152
15153 this_utp = utp;
15154 next_cmd = 0;
15155
15156 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15157
15158 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15159 }
15160 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15161 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15162 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15163 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15164 utp->number);
15165
15166 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15167 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15168 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15169
15170 return tp;
15171 }
15172
15173 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15174 omitted. */
15175
15176 static void
15177 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15178 {
15179 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15180 int num_printed;
15181
15182 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15183
15184 if (num_printed == 0)
15185 {
15186 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15187 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15188 else
15189 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15190 }
15191
15192 default_collect_info ();
15193 }
15194
15195 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15196 Not supported by all targets. */
15197 static void
15198 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15199 {
15200 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15201 }
15202
15203 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15204 Not supported by all targets. */
15205 static void
15206 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15207 {
15208 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15209 }
15210
15211 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15212 static void
15213 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15214 {
15215 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15216
15217 dont_repeat ();
15218
15219 if (arg == 0)
15220 {
15221 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15222
15223 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15224 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15225 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15226 argument. */
15227 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15228 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15229 {
15230 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15231 break;
15232 }
15233
15234 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15235 if (!from_tty
15236 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15237 {
15238 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15239 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15240 delete_breakpoint (b);
15241 }
15242 }
15243 else
15244 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15245 }
15246
15247 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15248
15249 static void
15250 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15251 {
15252 tp->pass_count = count;
15253 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15254 if (from_tty)
15255 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15256 tp->base.number, count);
15257 }
15258
15259 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15260
15261 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15262 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15263 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15264
15265 static void
15266 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15267 {
15268 struct tracepoint *t1;
15269 unsigned int count;
15270
15271 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15272 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15273 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15274
15275 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15276
15277 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15278 args++;
15279
15280 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15281 {
15282 struct breakpoint *b;
15283
15284 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15285 if (*args)
15286 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15287
15288 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15289 {
15290 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15291 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15292 }
15293 }
15294 else if (*args == '\0')
15295 {
15296 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15297 if (t1)
15298 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15299 }
15300 else
15301 {
15302 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15303
15304 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15305 while (!state.finished)
15306 {
15307 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15308 if (t1)
15309 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15310 }
15311 }
15312 }
15313
15314 struct tracepoint *
15315 get_tracepoint (int num)
15316 {
15317 struct breakpoint *t;
15318
15319 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15320 if (t->number == num)
15321 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15322
15323 return NULL;
15324 }
15325
15326 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15327 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15328 reconnecting). */
15329
15330 struct tracepoint *
15331 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15332 {
15333 struct breakpoint *b;
15334
15335 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15336 {
15337 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15338
15339 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15340 return t;
15341 }
15342
15343 return NULL;
15344 }
15345
15346 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15347 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15348 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15349 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15350 struct tracepoint *
15351 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15352 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15353 int optional_p)
15354 {
15355 struct breakpoint *t;
15356 int tpnum;
15357 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15358
15359 if (state)
15360 {
15361 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15362 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15363 }
15364 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15365 {
15366 if (optional_p)
15367 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15368 else
15369 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15370 }
15371 else
15372 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15373
15374 if (tpnum <= 0)
15375 {
15376 if (instring && *instring)
15377 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15378 instring);
15379 else
15380 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15381 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15382 return NULL;
15383 }
15384
15385 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15386 if (t->number == tpnum)
15387 {
15388 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15389 }
15390
15391 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15392 return NULL;
15393 }
15394
15395 void
15396 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15397 {
15398 if (b->thread != -1)
15399 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15400
15401 if (b->task != 0)
15402 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15403
15404 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15405 }
15406
15407 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15408 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15409 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15410 non-zero. */
15411
15412 static void
15413 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15414 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15415 {
15416 struct breakpoint *tp;
15417 int any = 0;
15418 char *pathname;
15419 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15420 struct ui_file *fp;
15421 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15422
15423 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15424 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15425
15426 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15427 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15428 {
15429 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15430 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15431 continue;
15432
15433 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15434 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15435 continue;
15436
15437 any = 1;
15438
15439 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15440 {
15441 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15442
15443 /* We can stop searching. */
15444 break;
15445 }
15446 }
15447
15448 if (!any)
15449 {
15450 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15451 return;
15452 }
15453
15454 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15455 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15456 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15457 if (!fp)
15458 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15459 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15460 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15461
15462 if (extra_trace_bits)
15463 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15464
15465 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15466 {
15467 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15468 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15469 continue;
15470
15471 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15472 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15473 continue;
15474
15475 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15476
15477 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15478 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15479 instead. */
15480
15481 if (tp->cond_string)
15482 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15483
15484 if (tp->ignore_count)
15485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15486
15487 if (tp->commands)
15488 {
15489 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15490
15491 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15492
15493 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15494 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15495 {
15496 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15497 }
15498 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15499
15500 if (ex.reason < 0)
15501 throw_exception (ex);
15502
15503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15504 }
15505
15506 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15508
15509 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15510 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15511 special, and not user visible. */
15512 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15513 {
15514 struct bp_location *loc;
15515 int n = 1;
15516
15517 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15518 if (!loc->enabled)
15519 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15520 }
15521 }
15522
15523 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15524 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15525
15526 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15527 if (from_tty)
15528 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15529 }
15530
15531 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15532
15533 static void
15534 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15535 {
15536 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15537 }
15538
15539 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15540
15541 static void
15542 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15543 {
15544 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15545 }
15546
15547 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15548
15549 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15550 all_tracepoints (void)
15551 {
15552 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15553 struct breakpoint *tp;
15554
15555 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15556 {
15557 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15558 }
15559
15560 return tp_vec;
15561 }
15562
15563 \f
15564 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15565 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15566 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15567 command. */
15568 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15569 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15570 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15571 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15572 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15573 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15574 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15575 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15576 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15577 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15578 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15579 \n\
15580 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15581 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15582 \n\
15583 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15584 conditions are different.\n\
15585 \n\
15586 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15587
15588 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15589 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15590
15591 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15592 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15593
15594 void
15595 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15596 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15597 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15598 completer_ftype *completer,
15599 void *user_data_catch,
15600 void *user_data_tcatch)
15601 {
15602 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15603
15604 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15605 &catch_cmdlist);
15606 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15607 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15608 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15609
15610 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15611 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15612 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15613 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15614 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15615 }
15616
15617 static void
15618 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15619 {
15620 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15621 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15622
15623 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15624 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15625 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15626 }
15627
15628 static void
15629 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15630 {
15631 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15632 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15633 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15634 }
15635
15636 struct breakpoint *
15637 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15638 void *data)
15639 {
15640 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15641
15642 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15643 {
15644 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15645 return b;
15646 }
15647
15648 return NULL;
15649 }
15650
15651 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15652 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15653
15654 static int
15655 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15656 {
15657 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15658 non-inline function. */
15659 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15660 return 1;
15661
15662 return 0;
15663 }
15664
15665 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15666 have been inlined. */
15667
15668 int
15669 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15670 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15671 {
15672 struct breakpoint *b;
15673 struct bp_location *bl;
15674
15675 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15676 {
15677 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15678 continue;
15679
15680 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15681 {
15682 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15683 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15684 return 1;
15685 }
15686 }
15687
15688 return 0;
15689 }
15690
15691 void
15692 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15693 {
15694 static int initialized = 0;
15695
15696 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15697
15698 if (initialized)
15699 return;
15700 initialized = 1;
15701
15702 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15703 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15704 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15705 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15706 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15707 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15708 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15709 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15710 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15711 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15712 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15713 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15714
15715 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15716 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15717 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15718 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15719 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15720 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15721 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15722 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15723
15724 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15725 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15726 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15727 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15728 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15729 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15730 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15731 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15732 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15733 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15734
15735 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15736 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15737 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15738 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15739 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15740 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15741 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15742
15743 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15744 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15745 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15746 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15747 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15748 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15749 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15750
15751 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15752 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15753 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15754 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15755
15756 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15757 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15758 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15759 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15760 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15761 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15762 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15763
15764 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15765 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15766 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15767 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15768 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15769 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15770 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15771
15772 /* Watchpoints. */
15773 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15774 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15775 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15776 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15777 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15778 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15779 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15780 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15781 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15782 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15783 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15784 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15785 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15786
15787 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15788 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15789 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15790 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15791 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15792 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15793 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15794 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15795 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15796 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15797 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15798
15799 /* Tracepoints. */
15800 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15801 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15802 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15803 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15804 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15805 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15806 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15807 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15808 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15809 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15810
15811 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15812 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15813 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15814 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15815 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15816
15817 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15818 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15819 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15820 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15821 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15822 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15823
15824 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15825 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15826 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15827 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15828 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15829 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15830 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15831 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15832 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15833 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15834
15835 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15836 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15837 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15838 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15839 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15840 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15841 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15842 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15843 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15844 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15845
15846 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15847 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15848 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15849 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15850 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15851 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15852 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15853 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15854 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15855 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15856 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15857
15858 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15859 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15860 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15861 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15862 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15863 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15864 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15865 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15866 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15867 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15868 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15869
15870 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15871 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15872 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15873 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15874 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15875 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15876 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15877 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15878 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15879 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15880 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15881 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15882
15883 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15884 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15885 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15886 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15887 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15888 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15889 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15890 }
15891
15892 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15893
15894 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15895
15896 void
15897 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15898 {
15899 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15900
15901 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15902
15903 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15904 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15905 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15906
15907 breakpoint_objfile_key
15908 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15909
15910 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15911 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15912 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15913
15914 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15915 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15916 before a breakpoint is set. */
15917 breakpoint_count = 0;
15918
15919 tracepoint_count = 0;
15920
15921 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15922 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15923 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15924 if (xdb_commands)
15925 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15926
15927 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15928 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15929 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15930 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15931 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15932 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15933 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15934 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15935
15936 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15937 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15938 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15939 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15940 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15941
15942 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15943 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15944 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15945 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15946 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15947 \n"
15948 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15949 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15950
15951 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15952 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15953 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15954 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15955 \n"
15956 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15957 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15958
15959 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15960 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15961 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15962 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15963 \n"
15964 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15965 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15966
15967 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15968 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15969 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15970 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15971 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15972 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15973 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15974 if (xdb_commands)
15975 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15976 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15977 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15978 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15979 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15980 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15981
15982 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15983
15984 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15985 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15986 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15987 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15988 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15989 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15990
15991 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15992 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15993 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15994 &enablebreaklist);
15995
15996 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15997 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15998 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15999 &enablebreaklist);
16000
16001 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16002 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16003 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16004 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16005 &enablebreaklist);
16006
16007 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16008 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16009 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16010 &enablelist);
16011
16012 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16013 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16014 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16015 &enablelist);
16016
16017 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16018 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16019 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16020 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16021 &enablelist);
16022
16023 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16024 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16025 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16026 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16027 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16028 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16029 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16030 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16031 if (xdb_commands)
16032 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16033 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16034 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16035 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16036 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16037
16038 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16039 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16040 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16041 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16042 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16043 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16044 &disablelist);
16045
16046 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16047 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16048 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16049 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16050 \n\
16051 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16052 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16053 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16054 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16055 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16056 if (xdb_commands)
16057 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16058 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16059 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16060 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16061
16062 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16063 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16064 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16065 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16066 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16067 &deletelist);
16068
16069 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16070 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16071 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16072 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16073 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16074 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16075 \n\
16076 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16077 is executing in.\n\
16078 \n\
16079 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16080 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16081
16082 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16083 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16084 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16085 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16086
16087 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16088 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16089 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16090 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16091
16092 if (xdb_commands)
16093 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16094
16095 if (dbx_commands)
16096 {
16097 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16098 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16099 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16100 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16101 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16102 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16103 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16104 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16105 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16106 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16107 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16108 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16109 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16110 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16111 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16112 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16113 \n\
16114 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16115 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16116 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16117 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16118 breakpoint set."));
16119 }
16120
16121 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16122 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16123 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16124 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16125 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16126 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16127 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16128 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16129 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16130 \n\
16131 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16132 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16133 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16134 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16135 breakpoint set."));
16136
16137 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16138
16139 if (xdb_commands)
16140 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16141 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16142 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16143 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16144 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16145 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16146 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16147 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16148 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16149 \n\
16150 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16151 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16152 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16153 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16154 breakpoint set."));
16155
16156 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16157 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16158 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16159 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16160 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16161 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16162 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16163 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16164 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16165 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16166 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16167 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16168 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16169 \n\
16170 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16171 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16172 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16173 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16174 breakpoint set."),
16175 &maintenanceinfolist);
16176
16177 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16178 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16179 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16180 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16181
16182 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16183 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16184 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16185 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16186
16187 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16188 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16189 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16190 catch_catch_command,
16191 NULL,
16192 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16193 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16194 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16195 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16196 catch_throw_command,
16197 NULL,
16198 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16199 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16200 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16201 catch_fork_command_1,
16202 NULL,
16203 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16204 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16205 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16206 catch_fork_command_1,
16207 NULL,
16208 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16209 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16210 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16211 catch_exec_command_1,
16212 NULL,
16213 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16214 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16215 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16216 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16217 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16218 catch_load_command_1,
16219 NULL,
16220 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16221 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16222 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16223 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16224 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16225 catch_unload_command_1,
16226 NULL,
16227 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16228 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16229 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16230 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16231 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16232 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16233 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16234 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16235 catch_syscall_command_1,
16236 catch_syscall_completer,
16237 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16238 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16239
16240 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16241 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16242 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16243 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16244 an expression changes.\n\
16245 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16246 the memory to which it refers."));
16247 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16248
16249 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16250 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16251 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16252 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16253 an expression is read.\n\
16254 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16255 the memory to which it refers."));
16256 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16257
16258 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16259 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16260 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16261 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16262 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16263 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16264 the memory to which it refers."));
16265 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16266
16267 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16268 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16269
16270 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16271 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16272 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16273 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16274 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16275 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16276 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16277 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16278 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16279 hardware.)"),
16280 NULL,
16281 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16282 &setlist, &showlist);
16283
16284 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16285
16286 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16287
16288 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16289 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16290 \n"
16291 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16292 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16293 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16294
16295 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16296 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16297 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16298 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16299
16300 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16301 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16302 \n"
16303 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16304 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16305 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16306
16307 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16308 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16309 \n\
16310 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16311 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16312 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16313 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16314 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16315 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16316 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16317 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16318 the selected stack frame.\n\
16319 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16320 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16321 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16322 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16323 \n\
16324 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16325 \n\
16326 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16327 conditions are different.\n\
16328 \n\
16329 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16330 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16331 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16332
16333 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16334 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16335 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16336 last tracepoint set."));
16337
16338 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16339
16340 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16341 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16342 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16343 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16344 &deletelist);
16345 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16346
16347 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16348 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16349 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16350 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16351 &disablelist);
16352 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16353
16354 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16355 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16356 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16357 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16358 &enablelist);
16359 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16360
16361 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16362 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16363 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16364 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16365 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16366
16367 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16368 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16369 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16370 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16371
16372 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16373 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16374 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16375 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16376 session to restore them."),
16377 &save_cmdlist);
16378 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16379
16380 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16381 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16382 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16383 &save_cmdlist);
16384 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16385
16386 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16387 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16388
16389 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16390 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16391 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16392 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16393 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16394 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16395 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16396 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16397 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16398 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16399 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16400 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16401
16402 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16403 &pending_break_support, _("\
16404 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16405 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16406 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16407 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16408 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16409 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16410 NULL,
16411 show_pending_break_support,
16412 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16413 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16414
16415 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16416
16417 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16418 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16419 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16420 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16421 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16422 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16423 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16424 NULL,
16425 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16426 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16427 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16428
16429 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16430 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16431 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16432 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16433 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16434 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16435 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16436 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16437 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16438 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16439 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16440 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16441 NULL,
16442 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16443 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16444 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16445
16446 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16447 condition_evaluation_enums,
16448 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16449 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16450 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16451 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16452 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16453 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16454 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16455 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16456 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16457 be set to \"gdb\""),
16458 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16459 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16460 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16461 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16462
16463 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16464 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16465 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16466 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16467 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16468 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16469 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16470 or the start of the range\n\
16471 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16472 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16473 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16474 \n\
16475 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16476 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16477 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16478
16479 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16480 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16481 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16482 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16483 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16484 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16485 "));
16486 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16487
16488 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16489 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16490 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16491 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16492 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16493 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16494 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16495 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16496 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16497 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16498 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16499 &setlist, &showlist);
16500
16501 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16502 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16503 &dprintf_function, _("\
16504 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16505 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16506 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16507 &setlist, &showlist);
16508
16509 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16510 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16511 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16512 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16513 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16514 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16515 &setlist, &showlist);
16516
16517 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16518 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16519 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16520 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16521 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16522 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16523 NULL,
16524 NULL,
16525 &setlist, &showlist);
16526
16527 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16528 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16529 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16530
16531 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16532
16533 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16534 }
This page took 0.820052 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.